manualshive.com logo in svg

Yealink CP860 SERIES, Administrator'S Manual

Share
Download
Yealink CP860 SERIES Administrator'S Manual Download Page 644

Administrator’s Guide for SIP-T2 Series/T19(P) E2/T4 Series/T5 Series/CP860/CP920 IP Phones 

618

 

Procedure 

BLF LED status and BLF key behavior can be configured using the configuration files. 

Central 

Provisioning 

(Configuration 

File) 

<y0000000000xx>.c
fg 

Configure BLF LED status and BLF key 
behavior when the monitored user is idle. 

Parameters:

 

blf.enhanced.idle.enable 

blf.enhanced.idle.led 

blf.enhanced.idle.callin.action 

blf.enhanced.idle.talking.action 

blf.enhanced.idle.idle.action 

Configure BLF LED status and BLF key 
behavior when the monitored user is 
ringing. 

Parameters:

 

blf.enhanced.callin.enable 

blf.enhanced.callin.led 

blf.enhanced.callin.callin.action 

blf.enhanced.callin.talking.action 

blf.enhanced.callin.idle.action 

Configure BLF LED status and BLF key 
behavior when the monitored user is calling 
out. 

Parameters:

 

blf.enhanced.callout.enable 

blf.enhanced.callout.led 

blf.enhanced.callout.callin.action 

blf.enhanced.callout.talking.action 

blf.enhanced.callout.idle.action 

Configure BLF LED status and BLF key 
behavior when the monitored user is 
talking. 

Parameters:

 

blf.enhanced.talking.enable 

blf.enhanced.talking.led 

blf.enhanced.talking.callin.action 

blf.enhanced.talking.talking.action 

blf.enhanced.talking.idle.action 

Summary of Contents for CP860 SERIES

Page 1: ...63 ...

Page 2: ...rs Without Yealink s express written permission recipient shall not reproduce or transmit any portion hereof in any form or by any means with any purpose other than personal use Warranty 1 Warranty THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS GUIDE ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL STATEMENTS INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS GUIDE ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE AND ...

Page 3: ...r into this agreement and to abide by all its terms and conditions just as if you had signed it The EULA for this product is available on the Yealink Support page for the product Patent Information China the United States EU European Union and other countries are protecting one or more patents of accompanying products and or patents being applied by Yealink Customer Feedback We are striving to imp...

Page 4: ...are under the specific terms of the GPL Please refer to the GPL for the exact terms and conditions of the license The original GPL license source code of components licensed under GPL and used in Yealink products can be downloaded from Yealink web site http www yealink com GPLOpenSource aspx BaseInfoCateId 293 NewsCateId 293 CateId 293 ...

Page 5: ...led in this guide is applicable to firmware version 81 or higher The firmware format is like x x x x rom The second x from left must be greater than or equal to 81 e g the firmware version of SIP T46G IP phone 28 81 0 20 rom See the Yealink Products Regulatory Notices guide for all regulatory and safety guidance Chapters in This Guide This administrator guide includes the following chapters Chapte...

Page 6: ...n files The purpose of Auto Provisioning Guide is to serve as a basic guidance for provisioning Yealink IP phones with a provisioning server If you are new to this process it is helpful to read this guide Description of Configuration Parameters in CFG Files which describes all configuration parameters in configuration files Note that Yealink administrator guide contains most of parameters If you w...

Page 7: ...n e g refer to Ring Tones on page 819 for hyperlinks to non Yealink websites e g RFC 3315 or for hyperlinks to Yealink Technical Support website Blue Text in Italics Used for hyperlinks to Yealink resources outside of this documentation such as the Yealink documentations e g Yealink SIP IP Phones Auto Provisioning Guide_V81 You also need to know the following writing conventions to distinguish con...

Page 8: ...use to configure a feature Note that the types of provisioning methods available for each feature will vary not every feature uses all these three methods The central provisioning method requires you to configure parameters located in CFG format configuration files that Yealink provides For more information on configuration files refer to Configuration Files on page 138 As shown below the table sp...

Page 9: ...nable the auto answer feature or 0 to disable the auto answer feature Note that some parameters described in this guide contain one or more variables e g X or Y But the variables in the parameters described in the CFG file are all replaced with specific value in the scope of variable You may need to assign a value to the variable before you search and Sometimes you will see the words Refer to the ...

Page 10: ... configure the SIP server 1 for account 1 you can locate the account 1 sip_server 1 address in the MAC cfg file and configure it as required e g account 1 sip_server 1 address 10 2 1 48 The following shows a segment of MAC cfg file Method 2 Web User Interface As described in the chapter Summary Table Format you can directly navigate to the specified webpage to configure the feature You can also fi...

Page 11: ...ce Access to the desired feature according to the phone path e g Menu Features Auto Answer Line X Auto Answer and then configure it as required As shown in the following illustration Recommended References For more information on configuring and administering other Yealink products not included in this guide refer to product support page at Yealink Technical Support To access the latest Release No...

Page 12: ...ion Initiation Protocol SIP are two popular VoIP protocols that are found in widespread implementation H 323 H 323 is a recommendation from the ITU Telecommunication Standardization Sector ITU T that defines the protocols to provide audio visual communication sessions on any packet network The H 323 standard addresses call signaling and control multimedia transport and control and bandwidth contro...

Page 13: ...inates the sessions between all parties SIP Components SIP is a peer to peer protocol The peers in a session are called User Agents UAs A user agent can function as one of following roles User Agent Client UAC A client application that initiates the SIP request User Agent Server UAS A server application that contacts the user when a SIP request is received and that returns a response on behalf of ...

Page 14: ... the UA that initiates the request Summary of Changes This section describes the changes to this guide for each release and guide version Changes for Release 81 Guide Version 81 91 Documentations of the newly released CP920 IP phones have been added The following section is new for this version Touch Tone on page 826 Off Hook Contact Dialing on page 333 Noise Suppression on page 888 Smart Noise Bl...

Page 15: ...e 577 Cloud on page 581 Major updates have occurred to the following sections Missed Call Log on page 347 Auto Answer on page 385 Call Recording on page 575 Ring Tones on page 820 Changes for Release 81 Guide Version 81 70 Documentations of the newly released SIP T40G IP phones have been added The following sections are new for this version Page Switch Key on page 213 Backing up the Call Log on pa...

Page 16: ...Local Logging on page 964 Syslog on page 972 Changes for Release 81 Guide Version 81 20 Major updates have occurred to the following sections Wallpaper on page 182 Screen Saver on page 191 Changes for Release 81 Guide Version 81 15 Documentations of the newly released SIP T48S SIP T46S SIP T42S SIP T41S and SIP T27G IP phones have been added The following section is new for this version Transparen...

Page 17: ...page 516 Calling Line Identification Presentation CLIP on page 532 Intercom on page 543 Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP on page 591 Visual Alert and Audio Alert for BLF Pickup on page 611 Server Redundancy on page 749 Audio Codecs on page 854 Methods of Transmitting DTMF Digit on page 891 Appendix C Trusted Certificates on page 1012 ...

Page 18: ...ersion 81 91 xiv Changes for Release 81 Guide Version 81 90 xiv Changes for Release 81 Guide Version 81 71 xv Changes for Release 81 Guide Version 81 70 xv Changes for Release 81 Guide Version 81 20 xvi Changes for Release 81 Guide Version 81 15 xvi Table of Contents xviii Product Overview 1 SIP IP Phone Models 1 Physical Features of IP Phones 1 Key Features of IP Phones 15 Expansion Modules 17 Ge...

Page 19: ...twork Parameters Manually 56 Configuring Transmission Methods of the Internet Port and PC Port 61 Configuring PC Port Mode 65 Web Server Type 66 Wi Fi 70 VLAN 76 IPv6 Support 88 VPN 97 Network Address Translation NAT 100 Quality of Service QoS 118 802 1X Authentication 121 Setting Up Your Phones with a Provisioning Server 132 Provisioning Points to Consider 132 Provisioning Methods 133 Boot Files ...

Page 20: ...nguage to Use 275 Input Method 277 Keypad Input Method Customization 277 Specifying the Default Input Method 281 Logo Customization 282 Customizing a Logo Template File 283 Configuring the Logo Shown on the Idle Screen 284 Softkey Layout 287 Customizing Softkey Layout Template File 289 Key As Send 296 Dial Plan 299 Dial Plan using XML Template Files 300 Dial Plan using Digit Map String Rules 315 E...

Page 21: ...fuse 428 Early Media 430 180 Ring Workaround 430 Use Outbound Proxy in Dialog 431 SIP Session Timer 433 Session Timer 435 Call Hold 439 Music on Hold MoH 443 Call Forward 445 Call Transfer 469 Local Conference 471 Network Conference 473 Transfer on Conference Hang Up 476 Feature Key Synchronization 477 Transfer Mode via Dsskey 479 Allow Trans Exist Call 480 Directed Call Pickup 482 Group Call Pick...

Page 22: ...80 Cloud 581 Configuring Advanced Features 583 Remote Phone Book 584 Customizing Remote Phone Book Template File 584 Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP 591 Busy Lamp Field BLF 607 BLF Subscription 607 Visual Alert and Audio Alert for BLF Pickup 611 BLF LED Mode 614 Configuring BLF LED Status and BLF Key Behavior 617 Configuring a BLF Key 629 Busy Lamp Field BLF List 635 Hide Feature Access...

Page 23: ...791 Configuring EDK Feature 795 Configuring EDK List 797 Configuring EDK Prompt 799 Configuring EDK Soft Keys 801 Configuring a Custom Key 809 Example Macros 817 Configuring Audio Features 819 Redial Tone 819 Ring Tones 820 Touch Tone 826 Distinctive Ring Tones 827 Tones 834 Voice Mail Tone 842 Ringer Device for Headset 844 Handset Headset Speakerphone Mode 846 Headset Prior 847 Dual Headset 849 S...

Page 24: ... Time Transport Protocol SRTP 949 Encrypting and Decrypting Files 952 Configuration Parameters 952 Encrypting and Decrypting Configuration Files 956 Encrypting and Decrypting Contact Files 959 Incoming Signaling Validation 960 Troubleshooting 963 Troubleshooting Methods 963 Viewing Log Files 963 Capturing Packets 978 Enabling Watch Dog Feature 981 Getting Information from Status Indicators 982 Ana...

Page 25: ...37 Appendix G Reading Icons 1043 Appendix H SIP Session Initiation Protocol 1053 RFC and Internet Draft Support 1053 SIP Request 1056 SIP Header 1057 SIP Responses 1058 SIP Session Description Protocol SDP Usage 1061 Appendix I SIP Call Flows 1061 Successful Call Setup and Disconnect 1062 Unsuccessful Call Setup Called User is Busy 1064 Unsuccessful Call Setup Called User Does Not Answer 1066 Succ...

Page 26: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones xxvi ...

Page 27: ... with a large number of SIP PBXs These IP phones provide a powerful and flexible IP communication solution for Ethernet TCP IP networks delivering excellent voice quality The high resolution graphic display supplies content in multiple languages for system status call log and directory access IP phones also support advanced functionalities including LDAP Busy Lamp Field Sever Redundancy and Networ...

Page 28: ...er 36 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 14 LEDs 1 power 10 line 1 mute 1 headset 1 speakerphone Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Built in USB port support wired USB headset expansion module EXP50 USB flash drive wireless USB headset and Wi Fi...

Page 29: ... 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 11 LEDs 1 power 8 line 1 mute 1 headset Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Built in USB port support wired USB headset expansion module EXP50 USB flash drive wireless USB headset and Wi Fi Wall Mount Hearing aid compatible HAC handse...

Page 30: ... HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 26 dedicated hard keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C expansion module port 4 LEDs 1 power 1 mute 1 headset 1 speakerphone Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Built in USB port support USB flash drive Bluetooth headset and Wi Fi Wall Mount Hearing aid ...

Page 31: ... context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C expansion module port 14 LEDs 1 power 10 line 1 mute 1 headset 1 speakerphone Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Built in USB port support USB flash drive Bluetooth headset and Wi Fi Wall Mount Hearing aid compatible HAC ha...

Page 32: ...sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C EHS36 headset adapter port 10 LEDs 1 power 6 line 1 mute 1 headset 1 speakerphone Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 1 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Built in USB port support USB flash drive Bluetooth headset and Wi Fi only applicable to SIP T42S IP phones Wall ...

Page 33: ...set port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C EHS36 headset adapter port 10 LEDs 1 power 6 line 1 mute 1 headset 1 speakerphone Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 1 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Built in USB port support USB flash drive Bluetooth headset and Wi Fi only applicable to SIP T41S IP phones Wall Mount Hearing aid compatible HAC handset...

Page 34: ...ble HD Voice HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 27 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1000Mbps is only applicable to SIP T40G IP phones 1 RJ12 6P6C EHS36 headset adapter port 4 LEDs 1 power 3 line Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 600mA output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Wall Mount ...

Page 35: ...t HD Speaker 37 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1 RJ12 6P6C expansion module port 13 LEDs 1 power 10 line 1 headset 1 message Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Built in USB port support USB flash drive Bluetooth headset and Wi Fi Wall Mount ...

Page 36: ...d keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1000Mbps is only applicable to SIP T27G IP phones 1 RJ12 6P6C expansion module port 11 LEDs 1 power 8 line 1 headset 1 message Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 1 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Built in USB port support USB flash drive Bluetooth headset...

Page 37: ...ce HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 27 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet ports 1000Mbps is only applicable to SIP T23G IP phones 5 LEDs 1 power 3 line 1 message Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 600mA output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Wall Mount ...

Page 38: ...lidated Asterisk Compatible 26 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 4 LEDs 1 power 2 line 1 message HD Voice HD Codec HD Handset HD Speaker 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100Mbps Ethernet ports Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 600mA output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af not applicable to SIP T21 E2 IP phones Wall Mount ...

Page 39: ...patible 24 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys 1 LED 1 power HD Voice HD Codec HD Handset 1 RJ9 4P4C handset port 1 RJ9 4P4C headset port 2 RJ45 10 100Mbps Ethernet ports Power adapter AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 600mA output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af not applicable to SIP T19 E2 IP phones Wall Mount ...

Page 40: ... account Yealink Cloud account and two PSTN accounts 20 dedicated hard keys and 4 context sensitive soft keys HD Voice HD Codec 1 mobile phone PC port 3 5mm 1 RJ45 10 100Mbps Ethernet port 2 EXT mic ports 1 USB2 0 port Security lock port 3 LED indicators Power adapter optional AC 100 240V input and DC 5V 2A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af ...

Page 41: ... lock port 3 LED indicators Power adapter optional AC 100 240V input and DC 12V 1A output Power over Ethernet IEEE 802 3af Key Features of IP Phones In addition to physical features introduced above IP phones also support the following key features when running the latest firmware Phone Features Call Options emergency call call waiting call hold call mute call forward call transfer call pickup cal...

Page 42: ...1S T29G T27G CP860 CP92 0 IP phones VAD CNG AEC PLC AJB AGC Full duplex speakerphone with AEC Built in microphone array 360 degree voice pickup applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Network Features SIP v1 RFC 2543 v2 RFC 3261 NAT Traversal STUN TURN and ICE DTMF INBAND RFC 2833 SIP INFO Proxy mode and peer to peer SIP link mode IP assignment Static DHCP VLAN assignment LLDP Static DHCP CDP Bridge m...

Page 43: ...ou want to configure the expansion module keys you have to connect the expansion module s to the IP phone in advance The following table lists the supported IP phone models for these expansion modules Expansion Module Phone Model EXP20 SIP T29G T27P T27G EXP40 SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S EXP50 SIP T54S T52S Expansion modules enable you to handle large volume of calls on a regular basis and expand the ...

Page 44: ...18 EXP20 Physical Features Rich visual experience with 160 x 320 graphic LCD 20 physical keys each with a dual color LED 20 additional keys through page switch Daisy chain 6 modules up to 120 physical keys Expansion module 2 is powered by the host phone 2 RJ 12 6P6C ports for data in and out ...

Page 45: ...xperience with 160 x 320 graphic LCD 20 physical keys each with a dual color LED 20 additional keys through page switch Support up to 6 modules daisy chain Expansion module 2 is powered by the host phone 2 RJ 12 6P6C ports for data in and out Wall Mount EXP50 ...

Page 46: ...al Features Rich visual experience with 480 x 272 color display 20 physical keys each with a dual color LED 40 additional keys through page switch Support up to 3 modules daisy chain Only one expansion module is powered by the host phone 1 Mini USB port and 1 USB2 0 port for data in and out Wall Mount ...

Page 47: ...est or compatible firmware of IP phones is available A call server is active and configured to receive and send SIP messages Yealink IP Phones in a Network Most Yealink IP phones connect physically through a Category 5E CAT5E cable to a 10 100 1000Mbps Ethernet LAN and send and receive all data using the same packet based technology Some phones e g SIP T48G can connect to the wireless network Sinc...

Page 48: ...8G T48S T46G T46S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G T29G T27P T27G T23P T 23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones with components in packaging contents 1 Attach the stand and the optional wall mount bracket not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones 2 Connect the handset and optional headset not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones 3 Connect the power and network 4 Connect the optional USB flash drive...

Page 49: ...t the optional expansion PSTN box CPN10 only applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Note Attaching the Stand and the Optional Wall Mount Bracket not Applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones To attach the stand and the optional wall mount bracket For SIP T54S T52S Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional The optional accessories are not included in packaging contents You need to purchase them separatel...

Page 50: ...4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 24 For SIP T48G S Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional Note The top two slots on SIP T48G S IP phones are plugged up by silica gel You need to pull out silica gel before attaching the wall mount bracket ...

Page 51: ...Getting Started 25 For SIP T46G S Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional ...

Page 52: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 26 For SIP T42G T41P T40P T40G Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional ...

Page 53: ...Getting Started 27 For SIP T42S T41S Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional ...

Page 54: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 28 For SIP T29G T27P T27G Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional ...

Page 55: ...Getting Started 29 For SIP T23P T23G Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional ...

Page 56: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 30 For SIP T21 P E2 Desk Mount Method Wall Mount Method Optional ...

Page 57: ...licable to CP860 CP920 IP phones To connect the handset and optional headset For SIP T54S T52S The reversible tab has a lip which allows the handset to stay on hook when the IP phone is mounted vertically For more information on how to mount the IP phone to a wall refer to Yealink Wall Mount Quick Installation Guide for Yealink IP Phones ...

Page 58: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 32 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G For SIP T42G T41P T40P T40G For SIP T42S T41S For SIP T27P ...

Page 59: ...he included or a standard Ethernet cable between the Internet port on the IP Wireless headset adapter EHS36 should be purchased separately For more information on how to use the EHS36 on the IP phone refer to Yealink EHS36 User Guide The EXT port on SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones can also be used to connect the expansion module EXP40 The EXT port on SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones can also be used...

Page 60: ...T27P T27G T 23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 For CP860 For CP920 Note The IP phone should be used with Yealink original power adapter only The use of the third party power adapter may cause the damage to the phone You can also connect the SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42S T41S T29G T27G CP920 IP phone to a wireless network according to your office environment For more information refer to Yealink p...

Page 61: ... or hub Note To connect the PoE 1 Connect the Ethernet cable between the Internet port on the IP phone and an available port on the in line power switch hub For SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G T29G T27P T27G T2 3P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 For CP860 PoE is not applicable to the SIP T21 E2 and SIP T19 E2 IP phones ...

Page 62: ...e power switch hub is provided you don t need to connect the phone to the power adapter Make sure the switch hub is PoE compliant The IP phone can also share the network with another network device such as a PC personal computer It is an optional connection We recommend that you use the Ethernet cable provided by Yealink Important Do not unplug or remove the power while the IP phone is updating fi...

Page 63: ...40 and WF40 should be purchased separately Bluetooth USB dongle BT40 can only be used on the SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S T42S T41S T29G T27G IP phones For more information on how to use the BT40 refer to Yealink Bluetooth USB Dongle BT40 User Guide Wi Fi USB dongle WF40 can only be used on the SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T42S T41S T46G T46S T29G T27G IP phones For more information on how to use the WF40 r...

Page 64: ...m coverage of the conference phone The Yealink provided expansion microphone kit contains two expansion microphones To connect the expansion microphones 1 Connect the free end of the optional expansion microphone cable to one of the MIC ports on the phone Connecting the Optional PC or Mobile Device only applicable to CP860 IP phones You can connect a PC or mobile device to listen to the PC or mobi...

Page 65: ...r end to the headset jack on the mobile device or the AUX MIC jack on the PC Connecting the Optional Expansion PSTN Box CPN10 Only Applicable to CP860 CP920 IP Phones You can connect optional expansion PSTN box CPN10 to make calls using the Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN Up to 2 cascaded PSTN boxes can be installed to an IP conference phone ...

Page 66: ...P860 CP920 IP Phones 40 To connect the expansion PSTN box For CP860 1 Insert the USB plug on the expansion PSTN box into the USB port on the phone A PSTN box Two PSTN boxes For CP920 1 Insert the USB plug on the expansion PSTN box into the USB port on the phone A PSTN box ...

Page 67: ...ing the VLAN If the IP phone is connected to a switch the switch notifies the IP phone of the VLAN information defined on the switch if using LLDP or CDP The IP phone can then proceed with the DHCP request for its network settings if using DHCP For more information on VLAN refer to VLAN on page 74 Querying the DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Server The IP phone is capable of querying a DH...

Page 68: ...s URL of firmware is defined in the configuration file the IP phone will download firmware from the provisioning server If the MD5 value of the downloaded firmware file differs from that of the image stored in the flash memory the IP phone will perform a firmware update You can manually upgrade firmware if the IP phone does not download firmware from the provisioning server For more information re...

Page 69: ...he next step Note 3 The main LCD screen displays the following Time and date Soft key labels 4 Press the OK key or press Menu Status to check the IP phone status the LCD screen displays the valid IP address MAC address firmware version etc If the IP phone has successfully passed through these steps it starts up properly and is ready for use For more information on the setup wizard refer to Yealink...

Page 70: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 44 ...

Page 71: ...al area network design varies by organization and Yealink IP phones can be configured to accommodate a number of network designs In order to get your IP phones running you must perform basic network setup such as IP address and subnet mask configuration You can configure the IPv4 or IPv6 network parameters for the phone You can also configure the appropriate security VLAN and or 802 1X authenticat...

Page 72: ...llowing methods Central Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure DHCP on the IP phone Parameter static network internet_port type Web User Interface Configure DHCP on the IP phone Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p network q load Phone User Interface Configure DHCP on the IP phone Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default static network internet_port typ...

Page 73: ...Press the Save soft key to accept the change 3 A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 4 Click OK to reboot the phone Static DNS Static DNS address es can be configured and used even though DHCP is enabled Procedure Static DNS can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the static DNS fea...

Page 74: ...rnet_port type is set to 0 DHCP If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Basic IPv4 Config Static DNS Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Network WAN Port IPv4 Type DHCP Static DNS static network primary_dns IPv4 Address Blank Description Configures the primary IPv4 DNS server Example static network primar...

Page 75: ...ed default password admin Network WAN Port IPv4 Type DHCP Static DNS Enabled Sec DNS To configure static DNS address when DHCP is used via web user interface 1 Click on Network Basic 2 In the IPv4 Config block mark the DHCP radio box 3 In the Static DNS block mark the On radio box 4 Enter the desired values in the Primary DNS and Secondary DNS fields 5 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog b...

Page 76: ...ions and the DHCP server responds with specific values in corresponding options The following table lists common DHCP options supported by IP phones Parameter DHCP Option Description Subnet Mask 1 Specify the client s subnet mask Time Offset 2 Specify the offset of the client s subnet in seconds from Coordinated Universal Time UTC Router 3 Specify a list of IP addresses for routers on the client s...

Page 77: ...Option 43 Yealink IP phones support obtaining the provisioning server and Auto Configuration Server ACS address by detecting DHCP options during startup During the startup the phone will automatically detect the option 66 and option 43 DHCP option 66 is used to identify the TFTP server DHCP option 43 is used to identify the ACS server or transfer the vendor specific information Procedure DHCP Acti...

Page 78: ...k Description Configures the custom DHCP option for requesting provisioning server address Multiple options are separated by commas Note It works only if the value of the parameter static auto_provision dhcp_option enable is set to 1 On Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Custom Option 128 254 Phone User Interface None To configure the DHCP Active feature via web user interface 1 Click on S...

Page 79: ...he DHCP Time feature is enabled at the web path Settings Time Date DHCP Time For more information on how to configure DHCP time feature refer to NTP Time Server on page 250 DHCP Option 12 Hostname on the IP Phone This option specifies the host name of the client The name may or may not be qualified with the local domain name based on RFC 2132 See RFC 1035 for character restrictions Procedure DHCP ...

Page 80: ...T48G For SIP T48S IP phones The default value is SIP T48S For SIP T46G IP phones The default value is SIP T46G For SIP T46S IP phones The default value is SIP T46S For SIP T42G IP phones The default value is SIP T42G For SIP T42S IP phones The default value is SIP T42S For SIP T41P IP phones The default value is SIP T41P For SIP T41S IP phones The default value is SIP T41S For SIP T40P IP phones T...

Page 81: ...P E2 IP phones The default value is SIP T19P_E2 For SIP T19 E2 IP phones The default value is SIP T19_E2 For CP860 IP phones The default value is CP860 For CP920 IP phones The default value is SIP CP920 Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Features General Information DHCP Hostname Phone User Interface None To configure DHCP o...

Page 82: ...rk parameters from the DHCP server you need to configure them manually The following parameters should be configured for IP phones to establish network connectivity IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Secondary DNS Procedure Network parameters can be configured manually using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure network parameters of the IP...

Page 83: ...e for IPv4 0 DHCP 2 Static IP Address Note It works only if the value of the parameter static network ip_address_mode is set to 0 IPv4 or 2 IPv4 IPv6 If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Basic IPv4 Config Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Network WAN Port IPv4 Type static network ip_address_mode 0 1 ...

Page 84: ... Static IP Address IP Address Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Network WAN Port IPv4 Type Static IP IP Address static network internet_port mask Subnet Mask Blank Description Configures the IPv4 subnet mask Example static network internet_port mask 255 255 255 0 Note It works only if the value of the parameter static network ip_address_mode is set to 0 IPv4 or 2 IPv4 IPv6 ...

Page 85: ...rks only if the value of the parameter static network ip_address_mode is set to 0 IPv4 or 2 IPv4 IPv6 and static network internet_port type is set to 2 Static IP Address If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Basic IPv4 Config Static IP Address Primary DNS Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Network WAN ...

Page 86: ...to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 4 Click OK to reboot the phone To configure a static IPv4 address via web user interface 1 Click on Network Basic 2 In the IPv4 Config block mark the Static IP Address radio box 3 Enter the desired values in the IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS and Secondary DNS fields 4 Click Co...

Page 87: ...guring Transmission Methods of the Internet Port and PC Port Yealink SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G T29G T27P T27G T23P T 23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 IP phones support two Ethernet ports Internet port and PC port The CP860 CP920 IP phones have Internet port only You can enable or disable the PC port on the IP phones Three optional methods of transmission configuration fo...

Page 88: ... transmitting voice or data in both directions at the same time this means one device can send data on the line while receiving data You can configure the full duplex transmission on both Internet port and PC port for the IP phone to transmit in 10Mbps 100Mbps or 1000Mbps 1000Mbps is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42G T42S T40G T29G T27G T23G IP phones Procedure The transmis...

Page 89: ...S T46G T46S T42G T42S T40G T29G T27G T23G IP phones Note For SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42G T42S T40G T29G T27G T23G IP phones you can set the transmission speed to 1000Mbps Auto Negotiation to transmit in 1000Mbps if the IP phone is connected to the switch supports Gigabit Ethernet We recommend that you do not change this parameter If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to ...

Page 90: ...ps Auto Negotiation to transmit in 1000Mbps if the IP phone is connected to the switch supports Gigabit Ethernet We recommend that you do not change this parameter If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced Port Link PC Port Link Phone User Interface None To configure the transmission methods of Ethernet ports via web us...

Page 91: ... port Parameter static network pc_port enable Web User Interface Configure the PC port Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p network pcport q load Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default static network pc_port enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the PC port 0 Disabled 1 Auto Negotiation Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones If you change t...

Page 92: ...fect after a reboot 4 Click OK to reboot the phone Web Server Type Users can configure the user or administrator features of the phone via web user interface Web server type determines access protocol of the IP phone s web user interface IP phones support both HTTP and HTTPS protocols for accessing the web user interface This can be disabled when it is not needed or when it poses a security threat...

Page 93: ... HTTPS protocol for example Procedure Web server type can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the web access type HTTP port and HTTPS port Parameters static wui http_enable static network port http static wui https_enable static network port https Web User Interface Configure the web access type HTTP port and HTTPS port Navi...

Page 94: ... Advanced default password admin Network Web Server HTTP Status static network port http Integer from 1 to 65535 80 Description Configures the HTTP port for the user to access web user interface of the IP phone using the HTTP protocol Note Please take care when choosing an alternate port If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network...

Page 95: ...HTTPS protocol Note Please take care when choosing an alternate port If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced Web Server HTTPS Port 1 65535 Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Network Web Server HTTPS Port To configure web server type via web user interface 1 Click on Network Advanced 2 Select the...

Page 96: ...desired HTTP port number in the HTTP Port field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the HTTPS Status field 5 Enter the desired HTTPS port number in the HTTPS Port field 6 Press the Save soft key to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 7 Click OK to reboot the phone Wi Fi Wi Fi feature enables users to conn...

Page 97: ...i X cipher_type static wifi X password Web User Interface Configure Wi Fi feature Configure the Wi Fi settings Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p netw ork wifi q load Phone User Interface Configure Wi Fi feature Configure the Wi Fi settings Details of the Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default static wifi enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the Wi Fi featur...

Page 98: ...bled It is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42S T41S T29G T27G CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Network Wi Fi Profile Name Phone User Interface Menu Basic Wi Fi Wi Fi On Add Profile Name static wifi X ssid X ranges from 1 to 5 String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the Service Set Identifier SSID of the wireless network X SSID is a unique identifier for acc...

Page 99: ...ks only if the value of the parameter static wifi enable is set to 1 Enabled It is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42S T41S T29G T27G CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Network Wi Fi Secure Mode Phone User Interface Menu Basic Wi Fi Wi Fi On Add Security Mode static wifi X cipher_type X ranges from 1 to 5 NONE WEP TKIP CCMP or TKIP CCMP NONE Description Configures the encrypt...

Page 100: ...S T41S T29G T27G CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Network Wi Fi PSK Phone User Interface Menu Basic Wi Fi Wi Fi On Add WPA Shared Key To enable the Wi Fi feature via web user interface 1 Click on Network Wi Fi 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Wi Fi Active 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To add a wireless network via web user interface 1 Click on Network Wi Fi 2 Enter the desired ...

Page 101: ...e desired wireless network which you want to adjust the priority and then click or 3 Repeat the step 2 to adjust the priority of more wireless networks To enable the Wi Fi feature via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Basic Wi Fi 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select On from the Wi Fi field The IP phone scans the available wireless network automatically To add a wireless network 1 Press Menu...

Page 102: ...k design VLANs can address issues such as scalability security and network management The purpose of VLAN configurations on the IP phone is to insert tag with VLAN information to the packets generated by the IP phone When VLAN is properly configured for the ports Internet port and PC port on the IP phone the IP phone will tag all packets from these ports with the VLAN ID The switch receives and fo...

Page 103: ... change take effect Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None LLDP LLDP Linker Layer Discovery Protocol is a vendor neutral Link Layer protocol which allows IP phones to receive and or transmit device related information from to directly connected devices on the network that are also using the protocol and store the information about other devices When LLDP feature is enabled on IP phones ...

Page 104: ...nables or disables the LLDP Linker Layer Discovery Protocol feature on the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will attempt to determine its VLAN ID through LLDP Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced LLDP Active Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Network L...

Page 105: ...Status 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the LLDP Status field 3 Enter the priority value 1 3600s in the Packet Interval field 4 Press the Save soft key to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 5 Click OK to reboot the phone CDP CDP Cisco Discovery Protocol allows IP phones to receive and or transmit devi...

Page 106: ...ails of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default static network cdp enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the CDP Cisco Discovery Protocol feature on the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will attempt to determine its VLAN ID through CDP Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web Use...

Page 107: ...5 Click OK to reboot the phone To configure CDP feature via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Advanced default password admin Network CDP CDP Status 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the CDP Status field 3 Enter the priority value 1 3600s in the Packet Interval field 4 Press the Save soft key to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings wil...

Page 108: ...ser Interface Configure VLAN for the Internet port and PC port manually Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p network adv q load Phone User Interface Configure VLAN for the Internet port and PC port manually Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default static network vlan internet_port_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables VLAN for the Internet port 0 Disab...

Page 109: ...ter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced VLAN WAN Port Priority Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Network VLAN WAN Port Priority static network vlan pc_port_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables VLAN for the PC port 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if the va...

Page 110: ...umber static network vlan pc_port_priority Integer from 0 to 7 0 Description Configures VLAN priority for the PC port 7 is the highest priority 0 is the lowest priority Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if the value of the parameter static network pc_port enable is set to 1 Auto Negotiation If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take...

Page 111: ...k select the desired value from the pull down list of Active 3 Enter the VLAN ID in the VID 1 4094 field 4 Select the desired value 0 7 from the pull down list of Priority 5 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 6 Click OK to reboot the phone To configure VLAN for Internet port or PC port via phone user interface 1 Press...

Page 112: ...D by default You can customize the DHCP option used to request the VLAN ID Procedure DHCP VLAN can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure DHCP VLAN discovery feature Parameters static network vlan dhcp_enable static network vlan dhcp_option Web User Interface Configure DHCP VLAN discovery feature Navigate to http phoneIPAddress...

Page 113: ...You can configure at most five DHCP options and separate them by commas Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced VLAN DHCP VLAN Option 1 255 Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Network VLAN DHCP VLAN Option To configure DHCP VLAN discovery via web user interface 1 Click on Network Advanced 2 ...

Page 114: ...sing mode IPv4 uses a 32 bit address consisting of four groups of three decimal digits separated by dots for example 192 168 1 100 IPv6 uses a 128 bit address consisting of eight groups of four hexadecimal digits separated by colons for example 2026 1234 1 1 215 65ff fe1f caa VoIP network based on IPv6 can provide end to end security capabilities enhanced Quality of Service QoS a set of service re...

Page 115: ...ettings The following table lists where the IP phone obtains the IPv6 address and other network settings DHCPv6 SLAAC ICMPv6 How the IP phone obtains the IPv6 address and network settings Disabled Disabled You have to manually configure the static IPv6 address and other network settings Disabled Enabled The IP phone can obtain the IPv6 address via SLAAC but the other network settings must be confi...

Page 116: ...to http phoneIPAddress servlet p net work q load Phone User Interface Configure the IPv6 address assignment method Configure the IPv6 static DNS address Configure the IPv6 static DNS Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default static network ip_address_mode 0 1 or 2 0 Description Configures the IP address mode 0 IPv4 1 IPv6 2 IPv4 IPv6 Note If you change this parameter ...

Page 117: ... 0 Off 1 On If it is set to 0 Off the IP phone will use the IPv6 DNS obtained from DHCP If it is set to 1 On the IP phone will use manually configured static IPv6 DNS Note It works only if the value of the parameter static network ipv6_internet_port type is set to 0 DHCP If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Basic IPv6 Confi...

Page 118: ...is set to 1 Static IP Address If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Basic IPv6 Config Static IP Address IPv6 Prefix 0 128 Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Network WAN Port IPv6 Type Static IP IPv6 IP Prefix static network ipv6_internet_port gateway IPv6 address Blank Description Configures the IPv6 d...

Page 119: ... WAN Port IPv6 Type Static IP Pri DNS Or Menu Advanced default password admin Network WAN Port IPv6 Type DHCP Static DNS Enabled Pri DNS static network ipv6_secondary_dns IPv6 address Blank Description Configures the secondary IPv6 DNS server Example static network ipv6_secondary_dns 2026 1234 1 1 c3c7 c11c 5447 23a6 Note It works only if the value of the parameter static network ip_address_mode i...

Page 120: ...ll reboot to make the change take effect It is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G IP phones SLAAC is enabled on SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G T27P T27G T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones by default You are not allowed to configure this parameter for those IP phones Web User Interface Network Advanced ICMPv6 Status Active Phone User Interface None To config...

Page 121: ...configure the IPv6 address and other configuration parameters in the corresponding fields Optional If you mark the DHCP radio box you can configure the static DNS address in the corresponding fields 4 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 5 Click OK to reboot the phone ...

Page 122: ...de field 3 Press or to highlight IPv6 and then press the Enter soft key 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to desired IPv6 address assignment method from the Type field If you select the Static IP configure the IPv6 address and other network parameters in the corresponding fields 5 Press the Save soft key to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a...

Page 123: ...rk with the TUN TAP virtual network interface TUN and TAP are virtual network kernel devices TAP simulates a link layer device and provides a virtual point to point connection while TUN simulates a network layer device and provides a virtual network segment IP phones use OpenVPN to achieve VPN feature To prevent disclosure of private information tunnel endpoints must authenticate each other before...

Page 124: ...e y0000000000xx cf g Configure VPN feature and upload a TAR file to the IP phone Parameters static network vpn_enable static openvpn url Web User Interface Configure VPN feature and upload a TAR file to the IP phone Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p ne twork adv q load Phone User Interface Configure VPN feature Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default static ...

Page 125: ...Phone User Interface None To upload a TAR file and configure VPN via web user interface 1 Click on Network Advanced 2 Click Browse to locate the TAR file from the local system 3 Click Upload to upload the TAR file The web user interface prompts the message Import config 4 In the VPN block select the desired value from the pull down list of Active 5 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box p...

Page 126: ... countries provide only one public IP address for complete companies They configure NAT to advertise the IP address for the entire network to the outside world This can reduce the need for a large number of public IP addresses NAT is essentially a translation table that maps public IP address and port combinations to internal private ones NAT ensures security since each outgoing or incoming reques...

Page 127: ...iques that establish and maintain IP connections traversing NAT gateways typically required for client to client networking applications especially for VoIP deployments Yealink IP phones support three NAT traversal techniques manual NAT STUN and ICE If manual NAT and STUN are all enabled the IP phone will use the manually configured external IP address for NAT traversal The TURN protocol is used a...

Page 128: ...nections to remote parties The protocol requires assistance from a third party network server STUN server usually located on public Internet The IP phone can be configured to act as a STUN client to send exploratory STUN messages to the STUN server The STUN server uses those messages to determine the public IP address and port used and then informs the client Capturing packets after you enable the...

Page 129: ...locate bandwidth for calls Although TURN will almost always provide connectivity to a client it comes at high cost to the provider of the TURN server Therefore other mechanisms such as STUN or direct connectivity will be preferred when possible ICE Interactive Communications Establishment ICE described in RFC 5245 is a technique for Network Address Translator NAT traversal for UDP based media stre...

Page 130: ...TLS source ports Local SIP Port TLS SIP Port If NAT is disabled the port number shows in the Via and Contact SIP headers of SIP messages If NAT is enabled the phone uses the NAT port number and NAT IP address in the Via and Contact SIP headers of SIP messages but still use the configured source port Procedure NAT traversal can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configur...

Page 131: ...nfigure ICE feature Configure TURN feature and TURN server Configure STUN feature and STUN server on a phone basis Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p net work nat q load Configure local SIP port and TLS SIP port Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p setti ngs sip q load Configure NAT traversal on a per line basis Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p acco unt register q load acc 0 P...

Page 132: ...tive Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Network NAT NAT Status sip nat_stun server IP address or domain name Blank Description Configures the IP address or the domain name of the STUN Simple Traversal of UDP over NATs server Example sip nat_stun server 218 107 220 201 Note It works only if the value of the parameter sip nat_stun enable is set to 1 Enabled If you change this ...

Page 133: ...al NAT X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Note If it is set to 1 STUN it works only if the value of the parameter sip nat_stun enable is set to 1 Ena...

Page 134: ...e Example network static_nat addr 10 3 5 33 Note It works only if the value of the parameter network static_nat enable is set to 1 Enabled If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network NAT Nat Manual IP Address Phone User Interface None ice enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the ICE Interactive Connectivity Establishmen...

Page 135: ...RN Traversal Using Relays around NAT server Example sip nat_turn server 218 107 220 202 Note It works only if the value of the parameter sip nat_turn enable is set to 1 Enabled If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network NAT TURN TURN Server Phone User Interface None sip nat_turn port Integer from 1 to 65535 3478 Description Confi...

Page 136: ... IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network NAT TURN User Name Phone User Interface None sip nat_turn password String Blank Description Configures the password to authenticate to the TURN Traversal Using Relays around NAT server Example sip nat_turn password yealink1105 Note It works only if the value of the parameter sip nat_turn enable is set to 1 Enabled If y...

Page 137: ... user interface 1 Click on Network NAT 2 In the STUN block select the desired value from the pull down list of Active 3 Enter the IP address or the domain name of the STUN server in the STUN Server field 4 Enter the port of the STUN server in the STUN Port 1024 65000 field 5 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 6 Click ...

Page 138: ...k OK to reboot the phone To configure ICE feature via web user interface 1 Click on Network NAT 2 In the ICE block select the desired value from the pull down list of Active 3 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 4 Click OK to reboot the phone To configure NAT traversal for account via web user interface 1 Click on Acco...

Page 139: ... Click Confirm to accept the change To configure local SIP port and TLS SIP port via web user interface 1 Click on Settings SIP 2 Enter the desired local SIP port in the Local SIP Port field 3 Enter the desired TLS SIP port in the TLS SIP Port field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 140: ...ace 1 Press Menu Advanced default password admin Accounts 2 Press or to select the desired account and then press the Enter soft key 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the NAT Status field 4 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Keep Alive IP phones can send keep alive packets to the NAT device for keeping the communication port open Procedure Keep alive feat...

Page 141: ...ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Advanced Keep Alive Type Phone User Interface None account X nat udp_update_time Integer from 15 to 2147483647 30 Description Configures the keep ali...

Page 142: ...he Session Initiation Protocol SIP operates over UDP and TCP When used with UDP responses to requests are returned to the source address the request came from and returned to the port written into the topmost Via header of the request message However this behavior is not desirable when the client is behind a Network Address Translation NAT or firewall So a new parameter rport for the Via header fi...

Page 143: ...bled 1 Enabled 2 Enable Direct Process X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Advanced RPort Phone User Interface None To conf...

Page 144: ...re unpredictable Differentiated Services DiffServ or DS is the most widely used QoS model It provides a simple and scalable mechanism for classifying and managing network traffic and providing QoS on modern IP networks Differentiated Services Code Point DSCP is used to define DiffServ classes and stored in the first six bits of the ToS Type of Service field Each router on the network can provide Q...

Page 145: ... quality voice transmission when the voice packets are configured to a higher DSCP value SIP QoS SIP protocol is used for creating modifying and terminating two party or multi party sessions To ensure good voice quality SIP packets emanated from IP phones should be configured with a high transmission priority DSCPs for voice and SIP packets can be specified respectively Note Procedure QoS can be c...

Page 146: ... take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced Voice QoS 0 63 Phone User Interface None static network qos signaltos Integer from 0 to 63 26 Description Configures the DSCP Differentiated Services Code Point for SIP packets The default DSCP value for SIP packets is 26 Assured Forwarding Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface N...

Page 147: ...to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 5 Click OK to reboot the phone 802 1X Authentication IEEE 802 1X authentication is an IEEE standard for Port based Network Access Control PNAC part of the IEEE 802 1 group of networking protocols It offers an authentication mechanism for devices to connect link to a LAN or WLAN ...

Page 148: ...n the protected side of the network Yealink IP phones support the following protocols for 802 1X authentication EAP MD5 EAP TLS requires Device and CA certificates requires no password EAP PEAP MSCHAPv2 requires CA certificates EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPv2 requires CA certificates EAP PEAP GTC requires CA certificates EAP TTLS EAP GTC requires CA certificates EAP FAST supports EAP In Band provisioning re...

Page 149: ...arameters Permitted Values Default static network 802_1x mode 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 or 7 0 Description Configures the 802 1x authentication method 0 EAP None 1 EAP MD5 2 EAP TLS 3 EAP PEAP MSCHAPv2 4 EAP TTLS EAP MSCHAPv2 5 EAP PEAP GTC 6 EAP TTLS EAP GTC 7 EAP FAST If it is set to 0 EAP None 802 1x authentication is not required Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the chang...

Page 150: ...set to 7 EAP FAST If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced 802 1x Provisioning Mode Phone User Interface None static network 802_1x anonymous_identity String within 512 characters Blank Description Configures the anonymous identity user name for 802 1X authentication It is used for constructing a secure tunnel for 802 ...

Page 151: ...k 802_1x mode is set to 1 3 4 5 6 or 7 If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced 802 1x MD5 Password Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Network 802 1x MD5 Password static network 802_1x root_cert_url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the CA certificate Exampl...

Page 152: ...orks only if the value of the parameter static network 802_1x mode is set to 2 EAP TLS The format of the device certificate must be pem Web User Interface Network Advanced 802 1x Device Certificates Phone User Interface None To configure the 802 1X authentication via web user interface 1 Click on Network Advanced 2 In the 802 1x block select the desired protocol from the pull down list of 802 1x M...

Page 153: ...local system 5 In the Device Certificates field click Browse to select the desired client pem or cer certificate from your local system 6 Click Upload to upload the certificates c If you select EAP PEAP MSCHAPv2 1 Optional Enter the anonymous user name for authentication in the Anonymous Identity field 2 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 3 Enter the password for authenti...

Page 154: ...tional Enter the anonymous user name for authentication in the Anonymous Identity field 2 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 3 Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field 4 In the CA Certificates field click Browse to select the desired CA certificate pem crt cer or der from your local system 5 Click Upload to upload the certificate ...

Page 155: ...tion in the MD5 Password field 4 In the CA Certificates field click Browse to select the desired CA certificate pem crt cer or der from your local system 5 Click Upload to upload the certificate f If you select EAP TTLS EAP GTC 1 Optional Enter the anonymous user name for authentication in the Anonymous Identity field 2 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 3 Enter the passw...

Page 156: ...rtificate g If you select EAP FAST 1 Optional Enter the anonymous user name for authentication in the Anonymous Identity field 2 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Provisioning Mode 4 Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field 5 In the CA Certificates field click Browse to select the desired CA cer...

Page 157: ...he Switch soft key to select the desired value from the 802 1x Mode field a If you select EAP MD5 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Enter the password for authentication in the MD5 Password field b If you select EAP TLS 1 Enter the user name for authentication in the Identity field 2 Leave the MD5 Password field blank c If you select EAP PEAP MSCHAPv2 1 Enter the use...

Page 158: ...der Provisioning Methods Boot Files Configuration Files and Resource Files Setting Up a Provisioning Server Upgrading Firmware Keeping User Personalized Settings after Auto Provisioning Provisioning Points to Consider If you are provisioning a mass of IP phones we recommend you to use central provisioning method as your primary configuration method For more information on central provisioning refe...

Page 159: ...ke using a higher priority provisioning method override settings made using a lower priority provisioning method The precedence order for configuration parameter changes is as follows highest to lowest Note The priority mechanism takes effect only if the value of the parameter static auto_provision custom protect is set to 1 For more information on this parameter refer to Configuration Parameters ...

Page 160: ...files refer to Boot Files on page 136 For more information on configuration files refer to Configuration Files on page 138 IP phones can obtain the provisioning server address during startup Then IP phones download boot files and configuration files from the provisioning server resolve and update the configurations written in configuration files This entire process is called auto provisioning For ...

Page 161: ...r or a user can configure IP phones via web user interface but accessing the web user interface requires password The default user name and password for the administrator are both admin case sensitive The default user name and password for the user are both user case sensitive For more information on configuring passwords refer to User and Administrator Passwords on page 923 This method enables yo...

Page 162: ...le You can reference some configuration files that contain parameters in the boot files to be acquired by all your phones and specify the download sequence of these configuration files Yealink supports two types of boot files common boot file and MAC Oriented boot file During auto provisioning the IP phone first tries to download the MAC Oriented boot file refer to MAC Oriented Boot File and then ...

Page 163: ...erwrite mode is enabled The overwrite mode will be applied to the configuration files specified to download If the value of a parameter in configuration files is left blank or a parameter in configuration files is deleted or commented out the factory default value can take effect immediately after auto provisioning Note For more information on how to customize boot file refer to Yealink SIP IP Pho...

Page 164: ...eters that affect the basic operation of the IP phone such as language and volume It will be effectual for all IP phones of the same model The common CFG file has a fixed name The following table lists the name of the common CFG file for each IP phone model IP Phone Model Common CFG file SIP T54S y000000000070 cfg SIP T52S y000000000074 cfg SIP T48G y000000000035 cfg SIP T48S y000000000065 cfg SIP...

Page 165: ...bar code label on the back of the IP phone or on the outside of the box of the IP phone For example if the MAC address of an IP phone is 00156574B150 the name of the MAC local CFG file is 00156574b150 local cfg case sensitive Note Keeping User Personalized Settings The MAC local CFG file is stored locally on the IP phone and can also be uploaded to the provisioning server a specific URL if configu...

Page 166: ... in the section Configuration Parameters on page 159 Custom CFG File You can create some new CFG files e g sip cfg account cfg containing any combination of configuration parameters This especially useful when you want to apply a set of features or settings to a group of phones using the boot file For more information on how to create a new CFG file refer to Yealink SIP IP Phones Auto Provisioning...

Page 167: ...n page 142 If you want to delete resource files from a phone at a later date for example if you are giving the phone to a new user you can reset the IP phone to factory configuration settings For more information refer to Resetting Issues on page 995 ...

Page 168: ...y000000000000 boot Allows you to customize the download sequence of the configuration files during auto provisioning For more information refer to Boot Files on page 136 Configuration Files Common CFG File Common cfg Allow you to deploy and maintain a mass of Yealink IP phones For more information refer to Common CFG File and MAC Oriented CFG File on page 139 MAC Oriented CFG File MAC cfg Custom C...

Page 169: ...te dialplan xml Allows you to customize multiple replace rules for IP phone dial plan For more information refer to Customizing Replace Rule Template File on page 303 Dial Now Template dialnow xml Allows you to customize multiple dial now rules for IP phone dial plan For more information refer to Customizing Dial Now Template File on page 308 Softkey Layout Template CallFailed xml CallIn xml Conne...

Page 170: ...list for your IP phone For more information refer to Customizing a Super Search Template File on page 338 Local Contact File contact xml Allows you to add or modify multiple contacts at a time for your IP phone For more information refer to Customizing a Local Contact File on page 350 Remote Phone Book Template Department xml Menu xml Allows you to add or modify multiple remote contacts for your I...

Page 171: ...uced above For some features you can customize the filename as required The following table lists the special characters supported by Yealink IP phones Server HTTP HTTPS TFTP FTP Windows Support _ including space Not Support Support _ including space Not Support Linux Support _ including space Not Support Support _ including space Not Support Setting Up a Provisioning Server This chapter provides ...

Page 172: ...g Protocols IP phones perform the auto provisioning function of uploading log files if configured uploading contact files if configured downloading boot files downloading configuration files downloading resource files and upgrading firmware The transfer protocol is used to download files from the provisioning server IP phones support several transport protocols for provisioning including FTP TFTP ...

Page 173: ... 81 or later The configuration files supplied with each firmware release must be used with that release Otherwise configurations may not take effect and the IP phone will behave without exception Before you configure parameters in the configuration files Yealink recommends that you create new configuration files containing only those parameters that require changes To deploy IP phones from the pro...

Page 174: ...PnP feature allows IP phones to discover the provisioning server address by broadcasting the PnP SUBSCRIBE message during startup DHCP DHCP option can be used to provide the address or URL of the provisioning server to IP phones When the IP phone requests an IP address using the DHCP protocol the resulting response may contain option 66 or the custom option if configured that contains the provisio...

Page 175: ... 0 40 rom SIP T23P G 44 x x x rom 44 81 0 40 rom SIP T21 P E2 52 x x x rom 52 81 0 40 rom SIP T19 P E2 53 x x x rom 53 81 0 40 rom CP860 37 x x x rom 37 81 0 10 rom CP920 78 x x x rom 78 81 0 10 rom Note Upgrading Firmware from the Provisioning Server IP phones support using FTP TFTP HTTP and HTTPS protocols to download configuration files and firmware from the provisioning server and then upgrade...

Page 176: ...ovision weekly enable static auto_provision weekly_upgrade_interval static auto_provision inactivity_time_expire static auto_provision weekly begin_time static auto_provision weekly end_time static auto_provision weekly dayofweek static auto_provision flexible enable static auto_provision flexible interval static auto_provision flexible begin_time static auto_provision flexible end_time Specify th...

Page 177: ...nable 0 or 1 0 Description Triggers the repeatedly feature to on or off 0 Off 1 On If it is set to 1 On the IP phone will perform an auto provisioning process repeatedly Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Repeatedly Phone User Interface None static auto_provision repeat minutes Integer from 1 to 43200 1440 Description Configures the interval in minutes for the IP phone to perform an auto p...

Page 178: ...o other values e g 3 the IP phone will perform an auto provisioning process at a random day between the specific day s configured by the parameter static auto_provision weekly dayofweek every three weeks Note It works only if the value of the parameter static auto_provision weekly enable is set to 1 On Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Weekly Upgrade Interval 0 12week Phone User Interface...

Page 179: ...0 00 Description Configures the starting time of the day for the IP phone to perform an auto provisioning process weekly Note It works only if the value of the parameter static auto_provision weekly enable is set to 1 On Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Time Phone User Interface None static auto_provision weekly end_time Time from 00 00 to 23 59 00 00 Description Configures the ending ti...

Page 180: ...s by randomly selecting a day from Sunday and Monday every three weeks Note It works only if the value of the parameter static auto_provision weekly enable is set to 1 On Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Day of Week Phone User Interface None static auto_provision flexible enable 0 or 1 0 Description Triggers the flexible feature to on or off 0 Off 1 On If it is set to 1 On the IP phone w...

Page 181: ...to provisioning process on a random day e g 18 based on the phone s MAC address Note It works only if the value of the parameter static auto_provision flexible enable is set to 1 On Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Flexible Interval Days Phone User Interface None static auto_provision flexible begin_time Time from 00 00 to 23 59 02 00 Description Configures the starting time of the day f...

Page 182: ...to a specific value less than starting time configured by the parameter static auto_provision weekly begin_time the IP phone will perform an auto provisioning process at random between the starting time on that day and ending time in the next day Note It works only if the value of the parameter static auto_provision flexible enable is set to 1 On Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Flexible...

Page 183: ...on the provisioning server during startup and then will download firmware from the server Upgrading Firmware via Web User Interface To manually upgrade firmware via web user interface you need to store firmware to your local system in advance To upgrade firmware manually via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Upgrade 2 Click Browse to locate the required firmware from your local system ...

Page 184: ...or DSS keys after auto provisioning These specific scenarios are applicable to Yealink IP phones The following demonstrated specific scenarios are taking SIP T46G IP phones as example for reference Note Do not close and refresh the browser when the IP phone is upgrading firmware via web user interface Yealink IP phones support FTP TFTP HTTP and HTTPS protocols for uploading the MAC local cfg file ...

Page 185: ...overwrite_mode is set to 1 in the boot file the value of this parameter will be forced to set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None static auto_provision custom sync 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to upload the MAC local cfg file to the server each time the file updates and download the MAC local cfg file from the server during auto provisioning 0 Di...

Page 186: ... Note It works only if the value of the parameter static auto_provision custom sync is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None static auto_provision custom upload_method 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the way the IP phone uploads the MAC local cfg file to the provisioning server for HTTP HTTPS server only 0 PUT 1 POST Note It works only if the value of the parameter sta...

Page 187: ...t to 1 in the configuration file Do one of the following operations Scenario Operations I 1 Edit the following parameters in the y000000000028 cfg file you want the IP phone to download static auto_provision custom protect 1 static auto_provision custom sync 1 static firmware url tftp 192 168 1 211 28 81 0 15 rom 2 Trigger the IP phone to perform the auto provisioning process For more information ...

Page 188: ...otect is set to 1 configurations in the 001565770984 local cfg file saved on the IP phone are also updated The IP phone starts up successfully and personalized settings are kept after auto provisioning When a user customizes feature configurations via web phone user interface the IP phone will save the personalized settings to the 001565770984 local cfg file on the IP phone only Note If the value ...

Page 189: ...ar personalized configuration settings via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Advanced default password admin Reset Config 2 Select Reset local settings The LCD screen prompts Reset local cfg settings 3 Press the OK soft key The LCD screen prompts Reset local settings Please wait The Reset local settings option on the web phone user interface appears only if the value of the parameter static auto_p...

Page 190: ...will take effect If there are no configuration files on the provisioning server the IP phone will be reset to factory defaults Note Scenario C Keep user personalized settings after factory reset The IP phone requires factory reset when it has a breakdown but the user wishes to keep personalized settings of the phone after factory reset Scenario Conditions SIP T46G IP phone MAC 001565770984 Provisi...

Page 191: ...hone to factory via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Upgrade 2 Click Reset to factory to reset the phone The web user interface prompts Do you want to reset to factory 3 Click OK After startup all configurations of the phone will be reset to factory defaults So the value of the parameter static auto_provision custom sync will be reset to 0 Configurations in the 001565770984 local cfg file sa...

Page 192: ...rotect is set to 1 the personalized configuration settings will be kept after auto provisioning As a result the personalized configuration settings of the phone are retrieved after factory reset Scenario D Import or export the local configuration file The administrator or user can export the local configuration file to check the personalized settings of the phone configured by the user or import t...

Page 193: ...urations in the imported 001565770984 local cfg file will override the one in the existing local configuration file The configurations only in the existing local configuration file will not be cleared As a result the configurations in the new 001565770984 local cfg file contain the configurations only in the existing local configuration file and those in the imported 001565770984 local cfg file An...

Page 194: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 168 ...

Page 195: ...nsparency Screen Saver Power Saving Backlight Idle Clock Display Bluetooth Page Switch Key Enable Page Tips Page Tips for Expansion Module Label Length Linekey Length in Short 223Account Registration Multiple Line Keys per Account Multiple Call Appearances Call Display Display Method on Dialing Web Server Type Time and Date Language Input Method Logo Customization Softkey Layout Key As Send Dial P...

Page 196: ...al Directory Live Dialpad Speed Dial Call Waiting Auto Redial Auto Answer IP Direct Auto Answer Allow IP Call Accept SIP Trust Server Only Call Completion Anonymous Call Anonymous Call Rejection Do Not Disturb DND Busy Tone Delay Return Code When Refuse Early Media 180 Ring Workaround Use Outbound Proxy in Dialog SIP Session Timer Session Timer Call Hold Call Forward Call Transfer Local Conference...

Page 197: ...ected Line Identification Presentation COLP Mute Intercom Call Timeout Ringing Timeout Send user phone SIP Send MAC SIP Send Line Reserve in User Name Password Dial Unregister When Reboot 100 Reliable Retransmission Reboot in Talking Answer By Hand USB Recording CSTA Control Quick Login Cloud Power Indicator LED Power indicator LED indicates power status and phone status It is not applicable to CP...

Page 198: ... indicator LED to flash when a call is placed on hold or is held Talk Dial Power Light On Talk Dial Power Light On allows the power indicator LED to be turned on when the IP phone is busy MissCall Power Light Flash MissCall Power Light Flash allows the power indicator LED to flash when the IP phone misses a call Procedure Power indicator LED can be configured using the following methods Central Pr...

Page 199: ...d power indicator LED is solid yellow Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Power LED Common Power Light On Phone User Interface None phone_setting ring_power_led_flash_enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the power indicator LED to flash when the IP phone receives an incoming call For SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T4...

Page 200: ...ower indicator LED does not flash 1 Enabled power indicator LED slowly flashes 1000ms yellow Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Power LED Voice Text Mail Power Light Flash Phone User Interface None phone_setting mute_power_led_flash_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the power indicator LED to flash when a call is muted For SIP T54S T52S T48...

Page 201: ...tor LED fast flashes 500ms yellow Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Power LED Hold Held Power Light Flash Phone User Interface None phone_setting talk_and_dial_power_led_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the power indicator LED to be turned on when the IP phone is busy For SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G T29...

Page 202: ...ash 1 Enabled power indicator LED slowly flashes 1000ms yellow Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Power LED MissCall Power Light Flash Phone User Interface None To configure the power Indicator LED via web user interface 1 Click on Features Power LED 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Common Power Light On 3 Select the desired value fr...

Page 203: ...op up message box when it misses a call forwards an incoming call to other party or receives a new voice mail or a new text message The following shows an example of receiving a new voice mail Procedure Notification popups can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure notification popups Parameters features voice_mail_popup enable...

Page 204: ...ssage box when it receives a new voice mail 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note If the voice mail pop up message box disappears it won t pop up again unless the user receives a new voice mail or the user re registers the account that has unread voice mail s Web User Interface Features Notification Popups Display Voice Mail Popup Phone User Interface None features missed_call_popup enable 0 or 1 1 Descriptio...

Page 205: ...n it receives a new text message 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter features text_message enable is set to 1 Enabled It is not applicable to CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Notification Popups Display Text Message Popup Phone User Interface None To configure the notification popups via web user interface 1 Click on Features Notification Popups 2 Selec...

Page 206: ...ain You can configure the LCD s contrast of SIP T40P G SIP T27P G SIP T23P G SIP T21 P E2 SIP T19 P E2 CP860 and CP920 IP phones EXP20 connected to SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones and EXP40 connected to SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones Make sure the expansion module has been connected to the IP phone before adjustment It is not applicable to SIP T54S T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S IP phones Procedure Cont...

Page 207: ...7P G IP phones it configures the LCD s contrast of the IP phone and the connected EXP20 For T40P T40G T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones it configures the LCD s contrast of the IP phone Note We recommend that you set the contrast of the LCD screen to 6 as a more comfortable level It is not applicable to SIP T54S T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S IP phones Web User Interface For SIP T48G T48S...

Page 208: ...P50 if connected Users can select an image from IP phone s built in background or customize wallpaper from personal pictures To set the custom wallpaper as the IP phone EXP50 background you need to upload the custom wallpaper to the IP phone in advance The wallpaper is only applicable to SIP T54S SIP T52S SIP T48G S SIP T46G S SIP T29G IP phones and EXP50 connected to the SIP T54S T52S IP phones e...

Page 209: ...e format must meet the following Phone Model Format Resolution Single File Size Note SIP T54S T52S jpg png bmp jpeg 4 2 megapixels 5MB 2MB of space should be reserved for the phone SIP T48G S 2 0 megapixels 5MB The wallpaper will display on the entire screen Note that the line key labels time and date icons and soft keys will display over the wallpaper while they are invisible on the image logo sc...

Page 210: ...layed on the expansion module Parameter expansion_module backgrounds Specify the access URL of the custom wallpaper Parameter wallpaper_upload url Configure the wallpaper with DSSkey unfold Parameter phone_setting backgrounds_with_dsskey_ unfold Web User Interface Configure the wallpaper displayed on the IP phone Configure the wallpaper displayed on the expansion module Upload the custom wallpaper...

Page 211: ...le phone_setting backgrounds Default jpg Note It is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Preference Wallpaper Phone User Interface Menu Basic Display Wallpaper expansion_module backgrounds Refer to the following content Default exp50 jpg Description Configures the wallpaper displayed on the expansion module Permitted Values Default exp50 j...

Page 212: ...IP phones Web User Interface Settings Preference Upload Wallpaper 800 480 Phone User Interface None phone_setting backgrounds_with_dsskey_unfold Refer to the following content Auto Description Configures the wallpaper displayed on the IP phone when the DSS key list is unfolded If it is set to Auto the IP phone will use the wallpaper selected for the idle screen configured by the parameter phone_se...

Page 213: ...ield click Browse to locate the wallpaper image from your local system 3 Click Upload to upload the file The custom wallpaper appears in the pull down lists of Wallpaper and Wallpaper with DSSkey unfold To change the wallpaper via web user interface take SIP T48G IP phones for example 1 Click on Settings Preference 2 Select the desired wallpaper from the pull down list of Wallpaper ...

Page 214: ...er for expansion modules via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Preference 2 Select the desired wallpaper from the pull down list of Wallpaper for expansion modules 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To change the wallpaper via phone user interface take SIP T48G IP phones for example 1 Tap Basic Display Wallpaper Dsskey Wallpaper 2 Tap or or press or to select the desired wallpaper image 3 T...

Page 215: ...lpaper field 3 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Transparency If you are using a custom image with a single color or complex background it may affect your experience of the idle screen display Users can choose an appropriate transparency for DSS key labels and status bar on the idle screen as required The transparency is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S IP phones When the tran...

Page 216: ...ansparency Web User Interface Configure the transparency of the LCD screen Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p settings preference q load Phone User Interface Configure the transparency of the LCD screen Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default phone_setting idle_dsskey_and_title transparency 0 20 40 60 80 or 100 100 Description Configures the transparency of...

Page 217: ... box of the Transparency field and then select the desired value from the pull down list 3 Tap the Save soft key to accept the change Screen Saver The screen saver will automatically start when the IP phone is idle for a certain amount of time if you have configured the screensaver wait time You can stop the screen saver and return to the idle screen at any time by pressing a key on the phone or t...

Page 218: ... following Phone Model Format Resolution Single File Size Note SIP T54S T52S jpg png bmp jpeg 4 2 megapixels 5MB 2MB of space should be reserved for the phone SIP T48G S 2 0 megapixels 5MB SIP T46G T46S T2 9G 1 8 megapixels 5MB The following shows that the built in screen saver is displaying on the phone Procedure Screen saver can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Conf...

Page 219: ... the screen saver starts Parameter screensaver picture_change_interval Configure the interval for the IP phone to move the clock and icons when the screen saver starts Parameter screensaver clock_move_interval Web User Interface Configure the time to wait in the idle state before the screen saver starts Configure the type of screen saver to display Upload the custom screen saver image Delete custo...

Page 220: ...0 6h Note It is only applicable to SIP T54S SIP T52S SIP T48G S SIP T46G S and SIP T29G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Preference Screensaver Wait Time Phone User Interface Menu Basic Display Screensaver Wait Time screensaver type 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the type of screen saver to display 0 System 1 Custom If it is set to 0 System the LCD screen will display the system screen saver...

Page 221: ...saver images to the phone simultaneously you can configure as following screensaver upload_url http 192 168 10 25 Screencapture jpg screensaver upload_url http 192 168 10 25 Screensaver jpg Note It works only if the value of the parameter screensaver type is set to 1 Custom It is only applicable to SIP T54S SIP T52S SIP T48G S SIP T46G S and SIP T29G IP phones Web User Interface Settings Preferenc...

Page 222: ...aver Display Clock screensaver picture_change_interval Integer from 5 to 1200 60 Description Configures the interval in seconds for the IP phone to change the picture when the screen saver starts Note It works only if the value of the parameter screensaver type is set to 1 Custom and the parameter screensaver upload_url should be configured in advance It is only applicable to SIP T54S SIP T52S SIP...

Page 223: ... 2 Select Custom from the pull down list of Screensaver Type 3 In the Upload Screensaver field click Browse to locate the custom picture from your local system 4 Click Upload to upload the file 5 The Upload Screensaver field appears only if Screensaver Type is set to Custom The custom screen saver appears in the pull down list of Screensaver The Screensaver field appears only if Screensaver Type i...

Page 224: ...ensaver display clock via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Preference 2 Select the desired time from the pull down list of Screensaver Wait Time 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Screensaver Display Clock 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the screen saver via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Basic Display Screensaver 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to s...

Page 225: ...phone is idle for 5 minutes and power saving mode is configured to turn off the backlight and screen after the phone is idle for 15 minutes the backlight and screen will be turned off after the screen saver displays for 10 minutes You can configure the following power saving settings Office Hour Configures the starting time and ending time of the day s office hour for each day of the week You can ...

Page 226: ...wednesday features power_saving office_hour thursday features power_saving office_hour friday features power_saving office_hour saturday features power_saving office_hour sunday Configure the idle timeout Parameters features power_saving office_hour idle_timeout features power_saving off_hour idle_timeout features power_saving user_input_ext idle_timeou t Web User Interface Configure the power sav...

Page 227: ...s the power saving feature 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface Settings Power Saving Power Saving Phone User Interface None features power_saving office_hour idle_timeout Integer from 1 to 960 960 Description Configures the time in minutes to wait in the idle state before the IP phone enters power saving mode during the office hours Example f...

Page 228: ...ser Interface None features power_saving user_input_ext idle_timeout Integer from 1 to 30 10 Description Configures the minimum time in minutes to wait in the idle state after using the phone before the IP phone enters power saving mode Example features power_saving user_input_ext idle_timeout 5 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface Settings Power Saving User Input...

Page 229: ...er Interface None To configure the power saving feature via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Power Saving 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Power Saving 3 Enter the starting time and ending time respectively in the desired day field 4 Enter the desired value 1 960 in the Office Hours Idle TimeOut field 5 Enter the desired value 1 10 in the Off Hours Idle TimeOut field 6 Enter the d...

Page 230: ...is used to adjust the backlight intensity of the LCD screen when the phone is active Unused BackLight is used to adjust the backlight intensity of the LCD screen when the phone is inactive Active Backlight Level is applicable to SIP T54S T52S IP phones and the connected EXP50 SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones and the connected EXP40 SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones and the connected EXP20 Unused BackL...

Page 231: ..._setting inactive_backlight_level phone_setting backlight_time Web User Interface Configure the backlight of the LCD screen Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p setti ngs preference q load Phone User Interface Configure the backlight of the LCD screen Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default phone_setting active_backlight_level Integer from 1 to 10 8 Description...

Page 232: ...CD s intensity of the IP phone For T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones it configures the LCD s intensity of the IP phone and the connected EXP40 For T29G IP phones it configures the LCD s intensity of the IP phone and the connected EXP20 If it is set to 0 Off it works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting backlight_time is not set to 1 Always On Note It is applicable to SIP T54S T52S IP phone...

Page 233: ... T19 P E2 IP phones Web User Interface Settings Preference Backlight Time seconds Phone User Interface Menu Basic Display Backlight Backlight Time To configure the backlight via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Preference 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Unused BackLight 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Active Backlight Level 4 Select the desired val...

Page 234: ...played on the right of the status bar It is only applicable to SIP T54S IP phones Procedure Idle clock can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cf g Configure the idle clock Parameter phone_setting idle_clock_display enable Phone User Interface Configure the idle clock Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default p...

Page 235: ...ou can set up a conference among the calls on your IP phone the PSTN and connected mobile phone For more information refer to the Yealink phone specific user guide It is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42S T41S T29G T27G CP920 IP phones You can personalize the Bluetooth device name for the IP phone The pre configured Bluetooth device name will display in scanning list of othe...

Page 236: ...th mode to on or off 0 Off 1 On Note It is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42S T41S T29G T27G CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Bluetooth Bluetooth Active Phone User Interface Menu Basic Bluetooth Bluetooth features bluetooth_adapter_name String within 64 characters Refer to the following content Description Configures the Bluetooth device name For SIP T54S IP phone...

Page 237: ...54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42S T41S T29G T27G CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface Menu Basic Bluetooth Bluetooth On Edit My Device Information Device Name bluetooth a2dp_sink 0 1 or 2 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to receive Bluetooth media audio 0 Disabled 1 Enabled and you need to activate the Bluetooth media audio manually via phone user interface 2 ...

Page 238: ...ft key to select On from the Bluetooth field 3 Press the Save soft key to accept the change To edit device information via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Basic Bluetooth 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select On from the Bluetooth field 3 Press the Save soft key to accept the change 4 Select Edit My Device Information and then press the Enter soft key The LCD screen displays the device nam...

Page 239: ...y X X is greater than 10 is assigned functionality the 10th line key in the right bottom will automatically act as a page switch key You can configure the line key in the right bottom to be fixed as a switch page key Then you can always use this key It is especially useful for users who need to configure multi page line keys Each page of the line keys has a corresponding page icon For more informa...

Page 240: ...able Page Tips Enable page tips feature allows users to enable the page icon and page switch key LED on the phone to indicate different statuses It is mainly used in the scenario of configuring multi page line key It is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T46G T46S T42G T42S T41P T41S T29G T27P T27G IP phones The following shows the page icons The following table lists the page icons to indicate diff...

Page 241: ...0xx cfg Configure enable page tips Parameter phone_setting page_tip Web User Interface Configure enable page tips Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p dsskey model 1 q load line page 1 Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default phone_setting page_tip 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the page icon and page switch key LED to indicate different states of li...

Page 242: ...ng call on the non current page It is only applicable to EXP50 connected to the SIP T54S T52S IP phones The following table lists the page switch key LED to indicate different statuses LED Status Description Off non configurable Indicates non current pages Solid green non configurable Indicates current page Flashing red The BLF monitored user receives an incoming call on the non current pages You ...

Page 243: ... Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None expansion_module page_tip blf_call_in led String LEDr30 0o300 Description Configures the page switch key LED status on the expansion module when BLF monitored user receives an incoming call on the non current pages This value uses the same macro action string syntax as an Enhanced DSS key If it is left blank the default value takes effect Example ...

Page 244: ... length allows IP phones to extend the display length of the line key label on the idle screen If the label length feature is enabled more characters will be displayed on the idle LCD screen Label length is only applicable to SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G IP phones When label length feature is set to Default SIP T46G SIP T48G When label length feature is set to Extended ...

Page 245: ...nded and the characters are displayed in one line SIP T46G For SIP T48G S IP phones the characters are displayed in two lines SIP T48G When label length feature is set to Mid range the idle screen can display 9 digits at most for SIP T54S 10 digits at most for SIP T46G T46S and 11 digits at most for SIP T29G SIP T46G ...

Page 246: ...lues Default features config_dsskey_length 0 1 or 2 0 Description Configures the label length of the label displayed on the idle LCD screen for the line key 0 Default 1 Extended 2 Mid range only applicable to SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G IP phones Note For SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G IP phones if it is set to 2 Mid range the idle screen can display 9 digits at most For SIP T48G T48S IP phones the idle scre...

Page 247: ...gure the phone to display 2 characters the display will match the rules below Label Short Label Description Any string or Blank Configured e g aLine1 Short Label has higher priority than Label If the value of Short Label is configured the value of Label is ignored Display the first two characters of the short label e g aL Configured e g aLine1 e g sunmy Blank If the label contains uppercase charac...

Page 248: ...ng the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure linekey length in short Parameter features config_dsskey_length short en Web User Interface Configure linekey length in short Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p dsskey model 1 q load line page 1 Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default features config_dsskey_length s...

Page 249: ...inekey length in short Phone User Interface None To configure the linekey length in short via web user interface 1 Click on Dsskey Line Key 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Linekey Length in short 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Account Registration Registering an account makes it easier for the IP phones to receive an incoming call or dial an outgoing call Yealink IP pho...

Page 250: ...undancy for account registration For more information refer to Server Redundancy on page 749 If you want to customize multiple DSS keys to associate with an account refer to Multiple Line Keys per Account on page 235 If you want to configure the maximum number of concurrent calls per line key refer to Multiple Call Appearances on page 241 Note You can only register a Cloud account for CP860 IP pho...

Page 251: ... port account X outbound_proxy_enable account X outbound_proxy Y address account X outbound_proxy Y port Configure the interval for the IP phone to retry to re register when registration fails Parameter account X reg_fail_retry_interval Web User Interface Configure the SIP account registration information Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p accou nt register q load acc 0 Configure the interv...

Page 252: ...CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Register Line Active Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Accounts Activation account X label String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the label to be displayed on the LCD screen for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 t...

Page 253: ...res the user name for register authentication for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Note The user name for register authentication is prov...

Page 254: ... ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Note The password for register authentication is provided by ITSP Web User Interface Account Register Password Phon...

Page 255: ...or SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Example account 1 sip_server 1 port 5060 Note If the value of this parameter is set to 0 the port used depends on the value specified by ...

Page 256: ... ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Example account 1 outbound_proxy 1 address 10 1 8 11 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X out...

Page 257: ...unt X when registration fails X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Example account 1 reg_fail_retry_interval 30 Note It works only if the values of the...

Page 258: ...wing 1 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Enable Outbound Proxy Server 2 Enter the desired IP address or domain name in the Outbound Proxy Server 1 2 field and the desired port of the outbound proxy server 1 2 in the Port field respectively 6 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the interval for re register when registration fails via web user interface 1 Click Account Advanced 2...

Page 259: ...in Label Display Name Register Name User Name Password and SIP Server1 2 field respectively Contact your system administrator for more information 5 If you use outbound proxy servers do the following 1 Select Enabled from the Outbound Status field 2 Enter the desired IP address or domain name in the Outbound Proxy1 2 field 6 Press the Save soft key to accept the change PSTN Account Procedure PSTN ...

Page 260: ...eb User Interface Account Register Line Active Phone User Interface Menu Settings Advanced Settings default password admin Accounts Active Line pstn account X label X ranges from 1 to 2 String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the label to be displayed on the LCD screen for PSTN account X Note It is only applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Account Regist...

Page 261: ...matically assigned with Line type It means multiple DSS keys will associate with an account It is useful for managing a high volume of calls to a line For more information on how to register accounts refer to Account Registration on page 223 If you want to configure maximum number of concurrent calls per line key refer to Multiple Call Appearances on page 241 It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 C...

Page 262: ...g Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure auto linekeys Parameter features auto_linekeys enable Configure whether to transfer a call using a new line key on a phone basis Parameter phone_setting call_appearance transfer_vi a_new_linekey Configure whether to set up a conference call using a new line key on a phone basis Parameter phone_setting call_appearance conferenc e_via_new_linekey MAC ...

Page 263: ... acc 0 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features auto_linekeys enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the DSS keys to be assigned with Line type automatically 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note The number of the DSS keys is determined by the value of the parameter account X number_of_linekey It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User ...

Page 264: ...o SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Account Advanced Number of line key Phone User Interface None phone_setting call_appearance transfer_via_new_linekey 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to transfer a call using a new line key when multiple line keys are associated with an account 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will transfer a c...

Page 265: ...f the line keys is determined by the value of the parameter account X number_of_linekey The value configured by the parameter account X phone_setting call_appearance conference_via_new_linekey takes precedence over that configured by this parameter It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Per Line Parameters Two parameters listed ...

Page 266: ...earance transfer_via_new_linekey To configure auto linekeys feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Auto Linekeys If Auto LineKeys is enabled you can automatically assign multiple DSS keys with Line type for a registered line on the phone 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the number of line keys via web user...

Page 267: ...ccount 1 to three you can only have three call appearances on line 1 The additional incoming calls will be rejected If you assign a registered line to multiple line keys refer to Multiple Line Keys per Account the number of concurrent calls applies to all line keys That is you can have three call appearances per line key Procedure Multiple call appearances can be configured using the configuration...

Page 268: ...ured by this parameter It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Per Line Parameter account X phone_setting call_appearance calls_per_linekey is the per line parameter of the global parameter phone_setting call_appearance calls_per_linekey and it takes precedence over the global parameter X stands for the serial number of the accou...

Page 269: ...P T40G T27P T27G T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones For SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G IP phones You can customize the call information to be displayed on the IP phone as required IP phones support five call information display methods Number Name Name Name Number Number or Full Contact Info display name sip xxx domain com The caller information may be too long to be entirel...

Page 270: ...arty_info_display enable Specify the call information display method Parameter phone_setting call_info_display_method Specify the horizontal scroll speed of caller information Parameter phone_setting incoming_call horizontal_ roll_interval Web User Interface Configure display contact photo feature Configure display called party information feature Specify the call information display method Naviga...

Page 271: ... 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to display the called account information when receiving an incoming call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Call Display Display Called Party Information Phone User Interface None phone_setting call_info_display_method 0 1 2 3 or 4 0 Description Specifies the call information display method when the IP phone receives an incoming call...

Page 272: ...ler information when the phone is ringing Note It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To configure call display features via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Call Display 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Display Contact Photo 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Display Called Party Information 4 Select ...

Page 273: ...gured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cf g Configure display method on dialing Parameter features caller_name_type_on_dialing Web User Interface Configure display method on dialing Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p f eatures general q load Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default features caller_name_type_on_dia...

Page 274: ...IP phones maintain a local clock The time and date can be displayed in several formats on the idle screen of IP phones You can select one of the default time date formats or customize the date format There are 2 available time formats 12 Hour or 24 Hour For example for the time format 12 Hour the time will be displayed in 12 hour format with AM or PM specified For the time format 24 Hour the time ...

Page 275: ...t For example YYYY MMM DDD WWW and W MD etc For more information refer to Time and Date Settings on page 255 The following table lists available configuration methods for time and date Option Configuration Methods NTP time server Configuration Files Web User Interface Phone User Interface Time Zone Configuration Files Web User Interface Phone User Interface Time Web User Interface Phone User Inter...

Page 276: ... NTP time server address offered by the DHCP server or configured manually Time Zone A time zone is a region on Earth that has a uniform standard time It is convenient for areas in close commercial or other communication to keep the same time When configuring the IP phone to obtain the time and date from the NTP time server you must set the time zone Procedure NTP time server and time zone can be ...

Page 277: ...onfigured manually preferentially Web User Interface Settings Time Date NTP by DHCP Priority Phone User Interface None local_time dhcp_time 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to update time with the offset time offered by the DHCP server 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is only available to offset from Greenwich Mean Time GMT Web User Interface Settings Time Date DHCP Time Phone Use...

Page 278: ...e NTP server 1 is not configured configured by the parameter local_time ntp_server1 or cannot be accessed the IP phone will request the time and date from the NTP server 2 Example local_time ntp_server2 192 168 0 6 Web User Interface Settings Time Date Secondary Server Phone User Interface Menu Basic Time Date General SNTP Settings NTP Server2 local_time interval Integer from 15 to 86400 1000 Desc...

Page 279: ...e available time zone names depend on the time zone configured by the parameter local_time time_zone For more information on the available time zone names for each time zone refer to Appendix B Time Zones on page 1011 Example local_time time_zone_name China Beijing Note It works only if the value of the parameter local_time summer_time is set to 2 Automatic and the parameter local_time time_zone s...

Page 280: ...rver time zone via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Time Date 2 Select Disabled from the pull down list of Manual Time 3 Select the desired time zone from the pull down list of Time Zone 4 Select the desired location from the pull down list of Location 5 Enter the domain name or IP address in the Primary Server and Secondary Server field respectively 6 Enter the desired time interval in the ...

Page 281: ... Settings You can set the time and date manually when IP phones cannot obtain the time and date from the NTP time server The time and date display can use one of several different formats You can customize date format as required You need to know the following rules when customizing date formats Format Description Y YY It represents a two digit year For example 16 17 18 Y is used more than twice e...

Page 282: ...and date manually Parameter local_time manual_time_enable Configure the time and date formats Parameters local_time time_format local_time date_format Customize the date format Parameter lcl datetime date format Web User Interface Configure the time and date manually Configure the time and date formats Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p settings datetime q load Phone User Interface Configur...

Page 283: ...to 0 Hour 12 the time will be displayed in 12 hour format with AM or PM specified If it is set to 1 Hour 24 the time will be displayed in 24 hour format e g 2 00 PM displays as 14 00 Web User Interface Settings Time Date Time Format Phone User Interface Menu Basic Time Date Time Date Format Time Format local_time date_format 0 1 2 3 4 5 or 6 0 Description Configures the date format 0 WWW MMM DD 1 ...

Page 284: ... in W MD format e g Wed 0420 Any combination of Y M D W and the separator e g space dash slash Example lcl datetime date format YYYY MMM DDD WWW The IP phone will display the date in YYYY MMM DDD WWW format e g 2016 Apr 20 Wednesday Note Y YY represents a two digit year more than two Y letters e g YYYY represent a four digit year M MM represents a two digit month MMM represents the abbreviation of...

Page 285: ...esired value from the pull down list of Date Format 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the time and date manually via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Basic Time Date General Manual Settings 2 Enter the date and time in the Date Time field 3 Press the Save soft key to accept the change To configure the time and date formats via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Basic Time Date Time...

Page 286: ...us times details vary by location By default the DST is set to Automatic so it can be adjusted automatically from the current time zone configuration You can configure DST for the desired area as required Procedure Daylight saving time can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure DST Parameters local_time summer_time local_time dst_time_ty...

Page 287: ... local_time start_time Time 1 1 0 Description Configures the starting time of the Daylight Saving Time DST Value formats are Month Day Hour for DST by Date Month Week of Month Day of Week Hour of Day for DST by Week If local_time dst_time_type is set to 0 DST by Date use the mapping Month 1 January 2 February 12 December Day 1 the first day in a month 31 the last day in a month Hour 0 0am 1 1am 23...

Page 288: ... Week If local_time dst_time_type is set to 0 DST by Date use the mapping Month 1 January 2 February 12 December Day 1 the first day in a month 31 the last day in a month Hour 0 0am 1 1am 23 11pm Example local_time start_time 12 12 22 If local_time dst_time_type is set to 1 DST by Week use the mapping Month 1 January 2 February 12 December Week of Month 1 the first week in a month 5 the last week ...

Page 289: ...ings Time Date 2 Select Disabled from the pull down list of Manual Time 3 Select the desired time zone from the pull down list of Time Zone 4 Enter the domain name or IP address in the Primary Server and Secondary Server field respectively 5 Enter the desired time interval in the Update Interval 15 86400s field 6 Mark the Enabled radio box in the Daylight Saving Time field Mark the DST by Date rad...

Page 290: ...ngs for your area each year Before customizing you need to obtain the AutoDST file You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for DST template You can also obtain the DST template online http support yealink com documentFront forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage For more information on obtaining the template file refer to Obtaining Boot Files Configuration Files Resource Files on page 142 The followi...

Page 291: ...d DSTData indicates the end of a template Add or modify time zone and DST settings between DSTData and DSTData The display order of time zone is corresponding to the szTime order specified in the AutoDST xml file If the starting time of DST is greater than the ending time the valid time of DST is from the starting time of this year to the ending time of the next year Customizing an AutoDST file 1 ...

Page 292: ...cess URL of the AutoDST file Parameter auto_dst url Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default auto_dst url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the AutoDST file AutoDST xml Example auto_dst url tftp 192 168 1 100 AutoDST xml During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 1 100 and downloa...

Page 293: ...ssian Note Loading Language Packs Languages available for selection depend on language packs currently loaded to the IP phone You can customize the translation of the existing language on the phone user interface or web user interface You can also make new languages not included in the available language list available for use on the phone user interface and web user interface by loading language ...

Page 294: ...Spanish lang Turkish 009 GUI Turkish lang Russian 010 GUI Russian lang When adding a new language pack for the phone user interface the language pack must be formatted as X GUI name lang X starts from 011 name is replaced with the language name If the language name is the same as the existing one the existing language pack will be overridden by the new uploaded one We recommend that the filename o...

Page 295: ...in the configuration files If you want to add a new custom language e g Guilan to your IP phone e g SIP T46G prepare the language file named as 011 GUI Guilan lang for downloading After update you will find a new language selection Guilan on the IP phone user interface Menu Basic Language Procedure Loading language pack can only be performed using the configuration files Central Provisioning Confi...

Page 296: ...sh lang The English language translation will be changed accordingly if you have modified the language template file If you want to download multiple language packs to the phone simultaneously you can configure as following gui_lang url http 192 168 10 25 000 GUI English lang gui_lang url http 192 168 10 25 001 GUI Chinese_S lang Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None gui_lang delete ht...

Page 297: ... xml Portuguese 8 Portuguese js 8 Portuguese_note xml Spanish 9 Spanish js 9 Spanish_note xml Turkish 10 Turkish js 10 Turkish_note xml Russian 11 Russian js 11 Russian_note xml When adding a new language pack for the web user interface the language pack must be formatted as Y name js Y starts from 12 name is replaced with the language name If the language name is the same as the existing one the ...

Page 298: ... files You can also customize the translation of the note language pack The note information is displayed in the icon of the web user interface The note language pack must be formatted as Y name_note xml Y and name are associated with web language pack To customize a note language file 1 Open the desired note language template file e g 1 English_note xml using an ASCII editor 2 Modify the text of ...

Page 299: ... the custom language pack for web user interface Parameter wui_lang url Specify the access URL of the custom note language pack for web user interface Parameter wui_lang_note url Delete custom language packs and note language packs of the web user interface Parameter wui_lang delete Details of the Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default wui_lang url URL within 511 characters B...

Page 300: ...wnloads the note language pack 1 English_note xml The English language translation will be changed accordingly if you have modified the language template file If you want to download multiple language packs to the phone simultaneously you can configure as following wui_lang url http 192 168 10 25 1 English_note xml wui_lang url http 192 168 10 25 11 Russian_note xml Web User Interface None Phone U...

Page 301: ...uage for the phone user interface or the web user interface using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Specify the languages for the phone user interface and the web user interface Parameters static lang gui static lang wui Web User Interface Specify the language for the web user interface Phone User Interface Specify the language for the phone user inter...

Page 302: ...ption Configures the language used on the web user interface Permitted Values English Chinese_S Chinese_T French German Italian Polish Portuguese Spanish Turkish Russian or the custom language name Example static lang wui English If you want to use the custom language e g Wuilan for the IP phone configure the parameter static lang wui Wuilan Note If the language of your browser is not supported by...

Page 303: ...xt file becomes affective when the language is set to Hebrew The changes in the ime txt file is affective for all the languages IP phones support 6 input methods 2aB abc Abc 123 ABC and Hebrew By default Hebrew input method is hidden the IP phone will automatically display the Hebrew input method when the language is set to Hebrew If you want to set the language to Hebrew you have to add the new c...

Page 304: ...e for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 278 The following shows a portion of the keypad input method file ime txt The following shows a portion of the keypad input method file Hebrew_ime txt ...

Page 305: ...tomize a keypad input method file 1 Open the desired keypad input method file e g ime txt using an ASCII editor 2 Under the input method field e g abc add new characters or adjust the characters order within the double quotation marks on the right of the equal sign Don t modify the item on the left of the equal sign ...

Page 306: ...cters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the custom keypad input method file Example gui_input_method url http 192 168 10 25 ime txt During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 1 25 and downloads the custom keypad input method file ime txt gui_input_method url http 192 168 10 25 Russian_ime txt During the auto provisioning process the I...

Page 307: ...or the phone gui_input_method delete http localhost ime txt Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Specifying the Default Input Method In addition to customizing the keypad input method file you can also specify the default input method for the IP phone when editing or searching for contacts Procedure Specify the default input methods using the configuration files Central Provisioning C...

Page 308: ...hod Abc 2aB 123 abc ABC or Hebrew Abc Description Configures the default input method when the user searches for contacts in the Local Directory LDAP Remote Phone Book or Blacklist Example directory search_default_input_method abc Note The input method Hebrew works only if the value of the parameter static lang gui is set to Hebrew Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Logo Customizati...

Page 309: ...hone Model Logo File Format Resolution SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S CP860 dob 192 64 2 gray scale SIP T27P G dob 240 120 2 gray scale SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 dob 132 64 2 gray scale CP920 dob 248 120 2 gray scale Note Customizing a Logo Template File The common picture format can be bmp Yealink IP phones only support the dob format logo files Yealink provides PictureExDemo tool to con...

Page 310: ...file You can repeat the second step to add multiple original picture files 3 Click the Convert button Then you can find the DOB logo files in the adv directory Configuring the Logo Shown on the Idle Screen Procedure The logo shown on the idle screen can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the logo shown on the idle screen Pa...

Page 311: ...Description Configures the logo mode of the LCD screen 0 Off 1 System logo 2 Custom logo If it is set to 0 Off the IP phone is not allowed to display a logo If it is set to 1 System logo the LCD screen will display the system logo If it is set to 2 Custom logo the LCD screen will display the custom logo you need to upload a custom logo file to the IP phone Note It is not applicable to SIP T54S T52...

Page 312: ...go It is not applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G IP phones Web User Interface Features General Information Upload Logo Phone User Interface None lcd_logo delete http localhost all Blank Description Deletes all custom logo files Example lcd_logo delete http localhost all Note It is not applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User...

Page 313: ...lay order It can be configured based on call states The following shows the softkeys displaying on the phone in the Dialing state You can configure the softkey layout using the softkey layout templates for different call states For more information on how to configure a softkey layout template refer to Customizing Softkey Layout Template File on page 289 You are allowed to configure the EDK soft k...

Page 314: ...Settings Softkey Layout Custom Softkey Phone User Interface None To configure softkey layout via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Softkey Layout 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Custom Softkey 3 Select the desired state from the pull down list of Call States 4 Select the desired soft key from the Unselected Softkeys column and then click The selected soft key appears in ...

Page 315: ...ink FAE for softkey layout template You can also obtain the softkey layout template online http support yealink com documentFront forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage For more information on obtaining the softkey layout template refer to Obtaining Boot Files Configuration Files Resource Files on page 142 The following table lists soft keys available for IP phones in different call states Call State D...

Page 316: ... not applicable to SIP T48G S IP phones Send IME Delete End Call Empty History Switch Line Favorite Directory GPickup DPickup Retrieve RingBack RingBack Empty Empty Empty End Call Empty Switch SemiAttendTrans Back Transfer Ring Back Transfer Empty Empty End Call Empty Switch Talking Talk On Talk Transfer Hold Conference End Call Empty Mute SWAP NewCall Switch Answer Reject PriHold Park GPark RTP S...

Page 317: ...ll Empty Switch Answer Reject Mute Manager RTP Status Conference only applicable to CP920 Join only applicable to CP920 ConferenceMana ger only applicable to CP920 Empty RTP Status Split FarHold Conf Far Mute Conf Remove Split All Back When editing a softkey layout template learn the following Call States indicates the start of a template and Call States indicates the end of a template For example...

Page 318: ... are displayed on the LCD screen Create enabled soft keys between Enable and Enable Default indicates the start of the default soft key list and Default indicates the end of the default soft key list The default soft keys are displayed on the LCD screen by default To customize a softkey layout template 1 Open the template file using an ASCII editor 2 For each soft key that you want to enable move ...

Page 319: ... the access URL of the softkey layout template using the configuration files Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Specify the access URL of the softkey layout template Parameters custom_softkey_call_failed url custom_softkey_call_in url custom_softkey_connecting url custom_softkey_dialing url custom_softkey_ring_back url custom_softkey_talking url Details of Configuration Para...

Page 320: ...tom file for the soft key presented on the LCD screen when in the CallIn state Example custom_softkey_call_in url http 192 168 1 20 XMLfiles CallIn xml During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 1 20 and downloads the CallIn state file from the XMLfiles directory Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None custom_softkey_connecting url URL w...

Page 321: ...e Phone User Interface None custom_softkey_ring_back url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the custom file for the soft key presented on the LCD screen when in the RingBack state Example custom_softkey_ring_back url http 192 168 1 20 XMLfiles RingBack xml During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 1 20 and do...

Page 322: ... IP phone to play a key tone when a user presses the send key Key tone allows the IP phone to play a key tone when a user presses any key Send tone works only if key tone is enabled Procedure Key as send can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure a send key Parameter features key_as_send Configure a send tone Parameter features...

Page 323: ...isabled neither nor can be used as the send key If it is set to 1 key the pound key is used as the send key If it is set to 2 key the asterisk key is used as the send key Web User Interface Features General Information Key As Send Phone User Interface Menu Features Others General Key As Send features key_tone 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to play a key tone when a user pres...

Page 324: ...atures Audio Send Tone Phone User Interface None features send_pound_key 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone not to send any pound key when pressing double 0 Disabled Send one pound key by pressing double 1 Enabled Do not send any pound key when pressing double Note It works only if the value of the parameter features key_as_send is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features Ge...

Page 325: ...rs that governs the way for IP phones to process the inputs received from the IP phone s keypads You can use regular expression to define dial plan Regular expression often called a pattern is an expression that specifies a set of strings A regular expression provides a concise and flexible means to match specify and recognize strings of text such as particular characters words or patterns of char...

Page 326: ... etc The dash can be used to match a range of characters within the brackets Example 5 7 would match the number 5 6 or 7 The comma can be used as a separator within the bracket Example 2 5 8 would match the number 2 5 or 8 The square bracket can be used as a placeholder for a single character which matches any of a set of characters Example 91 5 7 1234 would match 9151234 9161234 9171234 The paren...

Page 327: ...lplan replace prefix X dialplan replace replace X dialplan replace line_id X Web User Interface Create the replace rule for the IP phone Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p settings dialplan q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default dialplan replace prefix X X ranges from 1 to 100 String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the entered number...

Page 328: ...ntent Blank for all lines Description Configures the desired line to apply the replace rule The digit 0 stands for all lines If it is left blank the replace rule will apply to all lines on the IP phone Permitted Values 0 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G 0 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S 0 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G 0 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G 0 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Example di...

Page 329: ...DocumentFrontDisplayPage For more information on obtaining the replace rule template refer to Obtaining Boot Files Configuration Files Resource Files on page 142 When editing a replace rule template file learn the following DialRule indicates the start of the template file and DialRule indicates the end of the template file When specifying the desired line s to apply the replace rule the valid val...

Page 330: ...ing an ASCII editor 2 Create replace rules between DialRule and DialRule For example Data Prefix 2512 Replace 05922512 LineID 1 Where Prefix specifies the numbers to be replaced Replace specifies the alternate string instead of what the user enters LineID specifies the desired line s for this rule When you leave it blank or enter 0 this replace rule will apply to all lines If you want to change th...

Page 331: ...string used to match numbers entered by the user When entered numbers match the predefined dial now rule the IP phone will automatically dial out the numbers without pressing the send key IP phones support up to 100 dial now rules which can be created either one by one or in batch using a dial now rule template For more information on how to customize a dial now template refer to Customizing Dial ...

Page 332: ...g used to match the numbers entered by the user When entered numbers match the predefined dial now rule the IP phone will automatically dial out the numbers without pressing the send key Example dialplan dialnow rule 1 123 Note It works only if the values of the parameters dialplan digitmap enable and account X dialplan digitmap enable are set to 0 Disabled Web User Interface Settings Dial Plan Di...

Page 333: ...delay Integer from 0 to 14 1 Description Configures the delay time in seconds for the dial now rule When entered numbers match the predefined dial now rule the IP phone will automatically dial out the entered number after the designated delay time If it is set to 0 the IP phone will automatically dial out the entered number immediately Note It works only if the values of the parameters dialplan di...

Page 334: ...ure the time out for dial now rule via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Enter the desired time within 0 14 in seconds in the Time Out for Dial Now Rule field 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Customizing Dial Now Template File The dial now template helps with the creation of multiple dial now rules After setup place the dial now template to the provisioning server an...

Page 335: ...l Phone Model Values Description SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46 S T29G 0 16 0 stands for all lines 1 16 stand for line1 line16 SIP T52S T42G T42S 0 12 0 stands for all lines 1 12 stand for line1 line12 SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G 0 6 0 stands for all lines 1 6 stand for line1 line6 SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G 0 3 0 stands for all lines 1 3 stand for line1 line3 SIP T21 P E2 0 2 0 stands for all lines 1 2 sta...

Page 336: ...n_dialnow url Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default dialplan_dialnow url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the dial now rule template file Example dialplan_dialnow url http 192 168 10 25 dialnow xml During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 10 25 and downloads the dial now rul...

Page 337: ... code rule and specify the maximum and minimum lengths of entered numbers Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p settings areacode q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default dialplan area_code code String within 16 characters Blank Description Configures the area code to be added before the entered numbers when dialing out Example dialplan area_code code 0592...

Page 338: ...he entered numbers Note The value must be larger than the minimum length It works only if the values of the parameters dialplan digitmap enable and account X dialplan digitmap enable are set to 0 Disabled Web User Interface Settings Dial Plan Area Code Max Length 1 15 Phone User Interface None dialplan area_code line_id Refer to the following content Blank for all lines Description Configures the ...

Page 339: ...n the Code Min Length 1 15 and Max Length 1 15 fields 3 Enter the desired line ID in the Account field or leave it blank If you leave this field blank or enter 0 the area code rule will apply to all accounts on the IP phone 4 Click Confirm to accept the change Block Out Block out rule prevents users from dialing out specific numbers When entered numbers match the predefined block out rule the LCD ...

Page 340: ...plan digitmap enable and account X dialplan digitmap enable are set to 0 Disabled Web User Interface Settings Dial Plan Block Out BlockOut NumberX Phone User Interface None dialplan block_out line_id X X ranges from 1 to 10 Refer to the following content Blank for all lines Description Configures the desired line to apply the block out rule The digit 0 stands for all lines If it is left blank the ...

Page 341: ...Plan using Digit Map String Rules Digit maps described in RFC 3435 are defined by a single string or a list of strings If a number entered matches any string of a digit map the call is automatically placed If a number entered matches no string an impossible match you can specify the phone s behavior You can specify the digit map timeout the period of time before the entered number is dialed out Yo...

Page 342: ...ately after inputting the characters before the dot e 123 since the dot allows for zero occurrences of the preceding construct So we recommend you to add a letter T after the dot e g 123 T for inputting more characters R The letter R indicates that certain matched strings are replaced Using a RRR syntax you can replace the digits between the first two Rs with the digits between the last two Rs Exa...

Page 343: ...p interdigit_short_timer dialplan digitmap no_match_action dialplan digitmap active on_hook_dialing dialplan digitmap apply_to on_hook_dial dialplan digitmap apply_to directory_dial dialplan digitmap apply_to forward dialplan digitmap apply_to press_send MAC cfg Configure digit map on a per line basis Parameters account X dialplan digitmap enable account X dialplan digitmap string account X dialpl...

Page 344: ...Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dialplan digitmap string String within 2048 characters 2 9 11 0T 011xxx T 0 1 2 9 xx xxxxxxx 2 9 xx xxxxxxx 2 9 xxxT x T x T 00x T Description Configures digit map pattern used for the dial plan Example dialplan digitmap string 2 9 x 86 3 T 0x 1xxx Note The string must be compatible with the digit map feature of MGCP described in 2 1 5 of RFC 3435 ...

Page 345: ...t maps the IP phone tries to wait 10 seconds and then dials out 1 if no numbers entered When you enter 15 it also matches part of two digit maps the IP phone tries to wait 10 seconds and then dials out 15 if no numbers entered When you enter 153 it also matches part of two digit maps the IP phone tries to wait 10 seconds But after waiting for 5 seconds it completely matches the first digit map and...

Page 346: ...red Example dialplan digitmap interdigit_short_timer 4 5 3 6 2 1 If the value of the parameter dialplan digitmap string is set to 2 9 x 86 3 T 2T 1xxT 0x 2 9 11T 4 is applied to the 2 9 x 86 3 T digit map 5 is applied to 2T digit map 3 is applied to 1xxT digit map 6 is applied to 0x digit map 2 is applied to the 2 9 11T digit map the last digit 1 is ignored Note It works only if the value of the p...

Page 347: ... It works only if the value of the parameter dialplan digitmap enable or account X dialplan digitmap enable is set to 1 Enabled The value configured by the parameter account X dialplan digitmap active on_hook_dialing takes precedence over that configured by this parameter Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dialplan digitmap apply_to on_hook_dial 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disab...

Page 348: ...ory_dial takes precedence over that configured by this parameter Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dialplan digitmap apply_to forward 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the digit map to be applied to the numbers that you want to forward to when performing call forward 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the incoming calls will be forwarded to a desired destination ...

Page 349: ...ter Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Per Line Parameters The parameters listed in the above table have a per line equivalent that you can configure All of the per line parameters are listed in the following table Note that the per line parameters take precedence over the global parameters For example account X dialplan digitmap enable takes precedence over dialplan digitmap enable...

Page 350: ...ct that the IP phone must have a registered account or a configured SIP server it may not meet the need of dialing emergency telephone number at any time Emergency dialplan allows users to dial the emergency telephone number emergency services number at any time when the IP phone is powered on and has been connected to the network It is available even if your phone keypad is locked or no SIP accou...

Page 351: ...f the phone connected switch should be added in the P Access Network Info PANI header of the INVITE message It helps the aid agency to immediately identify the caller s location improving rescue efficiency The following is an example of the PANI header P Access Network Info IEEE 802 3 eth location 00 15 65 74 b1 6e where 00156574B16E is the phone s MAC address Procedure Emergency dialplan can be c...

Page 352: ...l not be included in the SIP INVITE request Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dialplan emergency custom_asserted_id 10 25 digits SIP URI or TEL URI Blank Description Configures the custom outbound identity when placing an emergency call If using a TEL URI for example tel 16045558000 The full URI is included in the P Asserted Identity PAI header e g tel 16045558000 If using a SIP UR...

Page 353: ...ce None dialplan emergency server X port X ranges from 1 to 3 Integer from 1 to 65535 5060 Description Configures the port of emergency server X to be used for routing calls Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dialplan emergency server X transport_type X ranges from 1 to 3 0 1 2 or 3 0 Description Configures the transport method the IP phone uses to communicate with the emergency ser...

Page 354: ...ake the call using the emergency server with lower priority and so forth The IP phone tries to send the INVITE request to each emergency server for three times Example dialplan emergency 1 server_priority 2 1 3 It means the IP phone sends the INVITE request to the emergency server 2 first If the emergency server 2 does not respond correctly to the INVITE then tries to make the call using the emerg...

Page 355: ...tline_number Specify the time the IP phone waits before automatically dialing out the hotline number Parameter features hotline_delay Web User Interface Configure the hotline number Specify the time the IP phone waits before automatically dialing out the hotline number Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load Phone User Interface Configure the hotline number Specify the ti...

Page 356: ... set to 0 0s the IP phone will immediately dial out the preconfigured hotline number when you lift the handset press the Speakerphone off hook key or press the line key If it is set to a value greater than 0 the IP phone will wait the designated seconds before dialing out the predefined hotline number when you lift the handset press the Speakerphone key off hook or press the line key Note Line key...

Page 357: ...erphone off hook key or desired line key dials out a call using the account with this feature enabled The SIP server may then prompt the user to enter an activation code for call service Only if the user enters a valid activation code the IP phone will use this account to dial out a call successfully Off hook hot line dialing feature is configurable on a per line basis and depends on support from ...

Page 358: ...line key or dials out a call using account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the phone will first dial out the pre configured number configured by the parameter account X auto_dial_num when a user lifts the handset presses the Speakerphone off hook key or desired line key dials out a call using account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to ...

Page 359: ...It works only if the value of the parameter account X auto_dial_enable is set to 1 Enabled Line key is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 and CP920 IP phones handset and Speakerphone key are not applicable to CP860 and CP920 IP phones off hook key is only applicable to CP860 and CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Off Hook Contact Dialing Off Hook Contact Dialing al...

Page 360: ...he IP phone to automatically dial out the selected contact from Directory once you press the off hook key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is only applicable to CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Directory List Users can access frequently used directory lists by pressing the Directory Dir soft key when the IP phone is idle The lists can be Local Directory Favorite Direct...

Page 361: ...ng directory list For example localdirectory for the local directory list Note Do not edit this field display_name Local Directory History Network CallLog Remote Phone Book LDAP Network Directories PhoneBook Favorite Directory The display name of the directory list Note We recommend you do not edit this field Network Directories and Network CallLog lists are hidden for IP phones in neutral firmwar...

Page 362: ...tatic directory_setting url http 192 168 1 20 favorite_setting xml Procedure Directory can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Specify the access URL of the directory template file Parameter static directory_setting url Web User Interface Configure the directory Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p contacts favorite q load Detail...

Page 363: ...desired list from the Disabled column and then click The selected list appears in the Enabled column 3 Repeat the step 2 to add more lists to the Enabled column 4 To remove a list from the Enabled column select the desired list and then click 5 To adjust the display order of list select the desired list and then click or 6 Click Confirm to accept the change The IP phone LCD screen will display the...

Page 364: ...btain the super search template online http support yealink com documentFront forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage For more information on obtaining the super search template refer to Obtaining Boot Files Configuration Files Resource Files on page 142 The following table lists meaning of each variable in the super search template file Element Attribute Description root_super_search No File root eleme...

Page 365: ...8S The applicable phone models of the directory list Note Do not edit this field Customizing a super search template 1 Open the template file using an ASCII editor 2 For each directory list that you want to configure edit the corresponding string in the file For example configure the local directory list edit the values within double quotes in the following strings item id_name local_directory_sea...

Page 366: ...o provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 1 20 and downloads the super search template file super_search xml Web User Interface Directory Setting Search Source List In Dialing Phone User Interface None To configure search source list in dialing via web user interface 1 Click on Directory Setting 2 In the Search Source List In Dialing block select the desired l...

Page 367: ...ory IP phones maintain a local call log Call log consists of four lists Missed Calls Placed Calls Received Calls and Forwarded Calls Each call log list supports up to 100 entries To store call information you must enable save call log feature in advance You can access the call history information via web user interface Directory Phone Call Info Note Procedure Call log can be configured using the f...

Page 368: ...tails of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default features save_call_history 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to save the call log 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone cannot log the missed calls placed calls received calls and forwarded calls in the call log lists Web User Interface Features General Information Save Call Log Phone...

Page 369: ...med MAC calllog xml You can back up this file to the server avoiding data loss Once the call logs update the IP phone will automatically upload this file to the provisioning server or a specific server If a call log file exists on the server the file will be overridden The IP phone will request to download the MAC calllog xml file according to its MAC address from the server during auto provisioni...

Page 370: ...log xml file to the server each time the call logs update and download the MAC calllog xml file from the server during auto provisioning 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone does not upload download the call log file MAC calllog xml to the server If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone uploads the call log file MAC calllog xml to the specific path configured by the parameter...

Page 371: ...og backup enable is set to 1 Enabled It is not applicable to CP860 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None static auto_provision local_calllog write_delay terminated Integer from 10 to 600 60 Description Configures the delay time in seconds for the IP phone to upload the MAC calllog xml file each time the call logs update Note It works only if the value of the parameter static ...

Page 372: ...ues Default features call_log_show_num 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to show the other party s phone number instead of the name in the call log lists 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will show the other party s name in the call log lists If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will show the other party s phone number in the call log lists Note It ...

Page 373: ... when the IP phone misses calls It is configurable on a per line basis Once the user accesses the Missed Calls list the prompt message and indicator icon on the idle screen disappear You can configure whether to display a prompt message when missing calls For more information refer to Notification Popups on page 177 Procedure Missed call log can be configured using the following methods Central Pr...

Page 374: ...e missed call in the Missed Calls list when it misses calls If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone displays a prompt message and an indicator icon on the idle screen and logs the missed call in the Missed Calls list when it misses calls X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges ...

Page 375: ...idle screen and logs the missed call in the Missed Calls list when it misses calls Note It is only applicable to CP860 and CP920 IP phones It works only if the value of the parameter features save_call_history is set to 1 Enabled The prompt message displays only if the value of the parameter features missed_call_popup enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Account Basic Missed Call Log Phon...

Page 376: ...tact template file After setup place the template file to the provisioning server and specify the access URL of the template file in the configuration files The existing local contacts on the IP phones will be overridden by the downloaded local contacts You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for local contact template You can also obtain the local contact template online http support yealink c...

Page 377: ...g tone group_id_name Valid Value built in All Contacts Blacklist custom XXX e g Friend Group name of a contact default_photo Format of the value Resource avatar name the built in avatar Config avatar name the custom avatar Contact avatar Note It is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G IP phones The following table lists valid values of line for each phone model Phone Model Val...

Page 378: ...solution SIP T48G S jpg png bmp jpeg 41 41 Configuration Parameters The following table lists the configuration parameters used when customizing a local contact file Parameters Permitted Values Default local_contact data url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the local contact file xml Example local_contact data url http 192 168 10 25 contact xml Note If the v...

Page 379: ...within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of a contact icon file The format of the contact icon must be png jpg bmp or jpeg The contact icon file should be uploaded to the provisioning server in advance Example local_contact icon_image url tftp 192 168 10 25 Photo jpg Note It is only applicable to SIP T48G S IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None local_...

Page 380: ...r url tftp 192 168 10 25 Contact tar Note It is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G IP phones The name of the avatars TAR file must be photo tar case sensitive and the name of the contact XML file must be ContactData xml case sensitive Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None local_contact icon url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL...

Page 381: ...er 1021 other_number 1112 line 1 2 ring Ring1 wav group_id_name Friend 5 Save the change and place this file to the provisioning server 6 Specify the access URL of the custom local contact template in the configuration files For example local_contact data url tftp 192 168 10 25 contact xml During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to the provisioning server 192 168 10 25 and downl...

Page 382: ...ontact display_name Lily office_number 1020 mobile_number 1021 other_number 1112 line 1 2 ring Ring1 wav group_id_name Friend default_photo Resource icon_family_b png 5 Save the change and place this file to the provisioning server 6 Specify the access URL of the custom local contact template in the configuration files For example local_contact data url tftp 192 168 10 25 contact xml During the au...

Page 383: ...ng the tool 7 Zip or GnuWin32 You can download 7 Zip online http www 7 zip org and GnuWin32 online http gnuwin32 sourceforge net packages gtar htm This section provides you on how to package the tar file using 7 Zip To package a tar formatted file using the tool 7 Zip on the Windows platform 1 Download and install 7 Zip on the local system 2 Create a folder e g photo on the local system e g C Prog...

Page 384: ...te file using an ASCII editor 2 For each group that you want to add add the following string to the file Each starts on a separate line group display_name ring 3 For each contact that you want to add add the following string to the file Each starts on a separate line contact display_name office_number mobile_number other_number line ring group_id_name default_photo 4 Specify the values within doub...

Page 385: ...0 25 and downloads the local contact file contact xml and avatar pictures cutom1 jpg and cutom2 png Method 2 local_contact data url tftp 192 168 10 25 contact xml local_contact image url tftp 192 168 10 25 photo tar For more information on generating a contact avatar file photo tar refer to Preparing the Tar Formatted File on page 357 During the auto provisioning process the IP phone connects to t...

Page 386: ...o customize a local contact file 1 Open the template file using an ASCII editor 2 For each group that you want to add add the following string to the file Each starts on a separate line group display_name ring 3 For each contact that you want to add add the following string to the file Each starts on a separate line The custom avatar and icon can be different but make sure the icon name is the sam...

Page 387: ...ccess URL of the custom local contact template file in the configuration files There are two methods to specify custom avatar and icon for contacts Method 1 local_contact photo url tftp 192 168 10 25 cutom1 jpg local_contact photo url tftp 192 168 10 25 cutom2 png local_contact data url tftp 192 168 10 25 contact xml local_contact icon_image url tftp 192 168 10 25 cutom1 jpg local_contact icon_ima...

Page 388: ...rver The following shows the custom icons downloaded from the provisioning server If you have configured to back up the local contacts to the server the IP phone will download the contact file MAC contact xml from the backup path from the server and display the downloaded contacts in the local directory list The contacts in the local contact file contact xml downloaded from the provisioning server...

Page 389: ... of the Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default local_contact data url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the local contact file xml Example local_contact data url http 192 168 10 25 contact xml Note If the value of the parameter static auto_provision local_contact backup enable is set to 1 Enabled the contacts in the local contact file co...

Page 390: ...dd a contact to the local directory via web user interface 1 Click on Directory Local Directory 2 In the Contacts block enter the name and the office mobile or other numbers in the corresponding fields 3 Select the desired ring tone from the pull down list of Ring Tone 4 Select the desired group from the pull down list of Group 5 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account ...

Page 391: ... to the local directory via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Directory Local Directory 2 Press the AddGroup soft key 3 Enter the desired group name in the Name field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired group ring tone from the Ring field 5 Press the Add soft key to accept the change To import an XML contact list file via web user interface 1 Click on Directory Local Directory ...

Page 392: ...ia web user interface 1 Click on Directory Local Directory 2 Click Browse to locate a contact list file the file format must be csv from your local system 3 Optional Check the Show Title checkbox It will prevent importing the title of the contact information which is located in the first line of the CSV file 4 Click Import CSV to import the contact list 5 Optional Mark the On radio box in the Dele...

Page 393: ...Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired account from the Account field If Auto is selected the IP phone will use the default account when placing calls to the contact from the local directory 6 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired ring tone from the Ring field 7 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Backing up the Local Contacts Yealink IP phones support stori...

Page 394: ...t static auto_provision local_contact backup enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to upload the MAC contact xml file to the server each time the contacts update and download the MAC contact xml file from the server during auto provisioning 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone does not upload the contact file MAC contact xml to the server so the IP ph...

Page 395: ...he auto provisioning process the IP phone downloads the contact file MAC contact xml from the specified path http 192 168 1 20 contact Note It works only if the value of the parameter static auto_provision local_contact backup enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Live Dialpad Live dialpad allows IP phones to automatically dial out the entered phone number wi...

Page 396: ...erface Settings Preference Live Dialpad Phone User Interface None phone_setting inter_digit_time Integer from 1 to 14 4 Description Configures the delay time in seconds for the IP phone to automatically dial out the entered digits without pressing a send key Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting predial_autodial is set to 1 Enabled and the value of the parameter dialplan d...

Page 397: ...ntral Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Assign a speed dial key Parameters linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X line programablekey X line expansion_module X key Y line linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label linekey X shortlabel Web User Inter...

Page 398: ... ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T...

Page 399: ...key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones The default value is 15 For programable keys For SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When...

Page 400: ...ult value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Account Down When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 11 the default value is 0 NA When X 12 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones When X 1...

Page 401: ...s 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 85 Local Favorite When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S IP phones When Y 1 60 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When Y 1 to 40 the default va...

Page 402: ... 1 10 12 14 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 6 9 13 for CP860 CP920 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to ...

Page 403: ...6G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 9 13 14 for SI...

Page 404: ...G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X ranges from 1 to 4 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 2...

Page 405: ...e Label field 5 Select the desired line from the pull down list of Line 6 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a speed dial key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Speed Dial from the Type field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired line from the Account ID field 5 Optional Ent...

Page 406: ...ure They may vary on different servers Procedure Call waiting and call waiting tone can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure call waiting and call waiting tone Parameters call_waiting enable call_waiting tone call_waiting on_code call_waiting off_code Web User Interface Configure call waiting Navigate to http phoneIPAddress s...

Page 407: ...led 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will perform an audible indicator when receiving a new incoming call during a call Note It works only if the value of the parameter call_waiting enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features Audio Call Waiting Tone Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Waiting Play Tone call_waiting on_code String within 32 characters Blank Descriptio...

Page 408: ...formation Call Waiting Off Code Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Waiting Off Code To configure call waiting via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Call Waiting 3 Optional Enter the call waiting on code in the Call Waiting On Code field 4 Optional Enter the call waiting off code in the Call Waiting Off Code field 5...

Page 409: ...number after the first attempt Both the number of attempts and waiting time between redials are configurable Procedure Auto redial can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure auto redial feature Parameters auto_redial enable auto_redial interval auto_redial times Web User Interface Configure auto redial feature Navigate to http ...

Page 410: ...ter auto_redial enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features General Information Auto Redial Interval 1 300s Phone User Interface Menu Features Others Auto Redial Redial Interval auto_redial times Integer from 1 to 300 10 Description Configures the auto redial times when the callee is temporarily unavailable The IP phone tries to redial the dialed number as many times as configured till ...

Page 411: ...l or while dialing even if auto answer is enabled and the incoming call will not be automatically answered if you end the current call or cancel the dialing You can configure the IP phones to automatically answer the incoming call after ending all calls or canceling the dialing Auto answer is configurable on a per line basis Auto Answer delay defines a period of delay time before the IP phone auto...

Page 412: ...wer_mute_enable y0000000000xx c fg Specify a period of delay time for auto answer Parameter features auto_answer_delay Configure auto answer tone Parameter features auto_answer_tone enable Configure auto answer mute Parameter features mute autoanswer_mute enable Configure the IP phone whether to handle the incoming call arriving when the phone is in another call or is dialing like a normal call Pa...

Page 413: ...G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Note The IP phone cannot automatically answer the incoming call during a call or while dialing even if auto answer is enabled Web User Interface Account Basic Auto Answer Phone User Interface Menu Features Auto Answer Line X Auto Answer features auto_answer first_call_only 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or...

Page 414: ...rom a PSTN account it works only if the value of the parameter pstn account X auto_answer is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features General Information Auto Answer Delay 1 4s Phone User Interface None features auto_answer_tone enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the phone to play a warning tone when an incoming call is automatically answered 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note For the call...

Page 415: ...on Enables or disables auto answer mute feature for SIP account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will mute the microphone when an incoming call is automatically answered and then the other party cannot hear you Note It is only applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if the values of parameters account X auto_answer and features allow_mute are set to 1 Enabled...

Page 416: ..._enable X ranges from 1 to 2 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables auto answer mute feature for PSTN account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will mute the microphone when an incoming call is automatically answered and then the other party cannot hear you Note It is only applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if the values of parameters pstn account X aut...

Page 417: ...ser interface 1 Click on Account Basic 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Auto Answer 4 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Auto Answer Mute 5 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a period of delay time for auto answer via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information ...

Page 418: ...figure auto answer tone via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Enable Auto Answer Tone 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure auto answer via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features Auto Answer 2 Select the desired line 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Auto Answer field...

Page 419: ... auto answer can only be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure IP direct auto answer feature Parameter features ip_call auto_answer enable Web User Interface Configure IP direct auto answer feature Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Defau...

Page 420: ... from the pull down list of IP Direct Auto Answer 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Allow IP Call Allow IP Call feature allows IP phones to receive or place an IP address call You can neither receive nor place an IP address call if allow IP call feature is disabled Procedure Allow IP call can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Con...

Page 421: ...make sure the value of the parameter sip trust_ctrl is set to 0 Disabled Web User Interface Features General Information Allow IP Call Phone User Interface None To configure allow IP call feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Allow IP Call 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Accept SIP Trust Server Only Accept ...

Page 422: ...figuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure accept SIP trust server only Parameter sip trust_ctrl Web User Interface Configure accept SIP trust server only Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p fe atures general q load Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default sip trust_ctrl 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to only accept the SIP message from th...

Page 423: ...ing the SUBSCRIBE NOTIFY method which is specified in draft poetzl sipping call completion 00 to subscribe to the busy party and receive notifications of their status changes The caller subscribes for update notifications of the dialog event from the busy party Example of a SUBSCRIBE message SUBSCRIBE sip 1000 10 10 20 34 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 10 20 32 5060 branch z9hG4bK2880274891 From ...

Page 424: ...ontent Length 584 xml version 1 0 dialog info xmlns urn ietf params xml ns dialog info version 1 state full entity sip 1000 10 2 1 48 5060 dialog id 65626 call id 0_3138198645 10 10 20 31 local tag 2331766736 remote tag 1786911541 direction initiator state confirmed state local identity sip 1000 10 2 1 48 5060 identity target uri sip 1000 10 2 1 48 5060 local remote identity sip 1 10 2 1 48 5060 i...

Page 425: ...igured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure call completion Parameter features call_completion_enable Web User Interface Configure call completion Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load Phone User Interface Configure call completion Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default feature...

Page 426: ...1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Call Completion 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure call completion via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features Others Call Completion 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Call Completion field 3 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Anonymous Call...

Page 427: ...09 10 2 1 48 Privacy id Content Length 302 The anonymous call on code and anonymous call off code configured on IP phones are used to activate deactivate the server side anonymous call feature They may vary on different servers Send Anonymous Code feature allows IP phones to send anonymous on off code to the server Procedure Anonymous call can be configured using the following methods Central Prov...

Page 428: ... T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Basic Local Anonymous Phone User Interface Menu Features Anonymous Line X Local Anonymous account X send_anonymous_code 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the IP phone to send anonymous on off code to activate deactivate the server side anonymous call feature for account X 0 Off Co...

Page 429: ...es from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Example account 1 anonymous_call_oncode 72 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X send_anonymous_code is set to 1 On Code Web User Interface Account Basic Send Anonymous Code On Code Phone User Interface Menu Features Anonymous Line X On Code account X a...

Page 430: ...e from the pull down list of Local Anonymous 4 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Send Anonymous Code 5 Optional Enter the anonymous call on code in the On Code field 6 Optional Enter the anonymous call off code in the Off Code field 7 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the anonymous call via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features Anonymous 2 Select the desired li...

Page 431: ...Agent Yealink SIP T46G 28 81 0 25 Allow Events talk hold conference refer check sync Content Length 0 The anonymous call rejection on code and anonymous call rejection off code configured on IP phones are used to activate deactivate the server side anonymous call rejection feature They may vary on different servers Send Anonymous Rejection Code feature allows IP phones to send anonymous call rejec...

Page 432: ...SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Basic Local Anonymous Rejection Phone User Interface Menu Features Anonymous Line X Local Anony Reject account X send_anonymous_rejection_code 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the IP phone to send anonymous rejection on off code to activate deactivate the server side anonymous call rejection feature for account X 0...

Page 433: ...27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Example account 1 anonymous_reject_oncode 74 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X send_anonymous_rejection_code is set to 1 On Code Web User Interface Account Basic Send Anonymous Rejection Code On Code Phone User Interface Menu Features...

Page 434: ...ion via web user interface 1 Click on Account Basic 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Local Anonymous Rejection 4 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Send Anonymous Rejection Code 5 Optional Enter the send anonymous rejection on code in the On Code field 6 Optional Enter the send anonymous rejection...

Page 435: ...ND on the phone if DND feature is disabled When DND is enabled it can be activated locally through the phone or through a server A user can activate or deactivate DND using the DND key or DND soft key on the phone The server side DND feature deactivates the local DND and call forward settings If the server side DND feature is activated on any of the IP phone s registrations the other registrations...

Page 436: ...visioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure DND in the custom mode Parameters account X dnd enable account X dnd on_code account X dnd off_code y0000000000xx cfg Configure the DND feature Parameter features dnd allow Configure the DND mode Parameter features dnd_mode Configure DND in the phone mode Parameters features dnd enable features dnd on_code features dnd off_code Specify the authorized ...

Page 437: ...ekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label linekey X shortlabel Web User Interface Configure DND Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p f eatures forward q load Specify the authorized numbers when DND is activated Specify the return code and the reason of the SIP response message when DND is activated Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p f eatures general q load Ass...

Page 438: ...P phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None features dnd_mode 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the DND mode for the IP phone 0 Phone 1 Custom If it is set to 0 Phone DND feature is effective for the IP phone If it is set to 1 Custom you can configure DND feature for each or all accounts Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if the value of the ...

Page 439: ..._code 71 Note It works only if the value of the parameter features dnd allow is set to 1 Enabled except CP860 IP phones and value of the parameter features dnd_mode is set to 0 Phone except SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND DND On Code Phone User Interface Menu Features DND On Code features dnd off_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configur...

Page 440: ...plicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND DND DND Status Phone User Interface Menu Features DND AccountX DND Status account X dnd on_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the DND on code to activate the server side DND feature for account X The IP phone will send the DND on code to the server when you activate DND feature for acc...

Page 441: ...SIP T21 P E2 Example account 1 dnd off_code 74 Note It works only if the value of the parameter features dnd allow is set to 1 Enabled and value of the parameter features dnd_mode is set to 1 Custom It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND Off Code Phone User Interface Menu Features DND AccountX Off Code features dnd emergency_enable 0 or 1...

Page 442: ...Phone User Interface None features dnd_refuse_code 404 480 486 or 603 480 Description Configures a return code and reason of SIP response messages when rejecting an incoming call by DND A specific reason is displayed on the caller s phone LCD screen 404 Not Found 480 Temporarily Unavailable 486 Busy Here 603 Decline If it is set to 486 Busy Here the caller s phone LCD screen will display the reaso...

Page 443: ... from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23...

Page 444: ... of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default value of the line key 13 15 is 0 For SIP T41P S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 15 is 0 For SIP T27P G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones The default value is 15 For programable ke...

Page 445: ...s When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Account Down When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 th...

Page 446: ... the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For CP860 CP920 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 Hist...

Page 447: ...T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X ranges from 1 to 4 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Web User ...

Page 448: ...r Programable Key 2 In the desired DSS key field select DND from the pull down list of Type 3 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure DND feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features Forward DND 2 In the DND block mark the desired radio box in the Mode field a If you mark the Phone radio box 1 Mark the ...

Page 449: ...er the DND off code in the Off Code field b If you mark the Custom radio box 1 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 2 Mark the desired radio box in the DND Status field 3 Optional Enter the DND on code in the On Code field ...

Page 450: ...ND off code in the Off Code field 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To specify the authorized numbers when DND is activated via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of DND Emergency 3 Enter the desired value in the DND Authorized Numbers field ...

Page 451: ...urn code and the reason when DND is activated via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Return Code When DND 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a DND key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key ...

Page 452: ...istered on the IP phone 2 Press or to select the desired account and then press the Enter soft key 3 Press the Switch soft key to activate DND 4 Optional Enter the DND on code or off code respectively in the On Code or Off Code field 5 Press the Save soft key to accept the change You can configure DND in the custom mode for all accounts by pressing the All On soft key Busy Tone Delay Busy tone is ...

Page 453: ...udible to the other party indicating that the call connection breaks 0 0s 3 3s 5 5s If it is set to 3 3s a busy tone is audible for 3 seconds on the IP phone Web User Interface Features General Information Busy Tone Delay Seconds Phone User Interface None To configure busy tone delay via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list o...

Page 454: ...480 Temporarily Unavailable 486 Busy Here 603 Decline The following shows an example of the returned reason for the refused call Procedure Return code for refused call can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Specify the return code and the reason of the SIP response message when refusing a call Parameter features normal_refuse_code We...

Page 455: ... Not Found 480 Temporarily Unavailable 486 Busy Here 603 Decline If it is set to 486 Busy Here the caller s phone LCD screen will display the message Busy Here when the callee rejects the incoming call Web User Interface Features General Information Return Code When Refuse Phone User Interface None To specify the return code and the reason when refusing a call via web user interface 1 Click on Fea...

Page 456: ...eived 180 ring workaround allows IP phones to resume and play the local ringback tone upon a subsequent 180 message received Procedure 180 ring workaround can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure 180 ring workaround Parameter phone_setting is_deal180 Web User Interface Configure 180 ring workaround Navigate to http phoneIPAdd...

Page 457: ...y in Dialog An outbound proxy server can receive all initiating request messages and route them to the designated destination If the IP phone is configured to use an outbound proxy server within a dialog all SIP request messages from the IP phone will be sent to the outbound proxy server forcibly Note To use this feature make sure the outbound server has been correctly configured on the IP phone F...

Page 458: ...n Enables or disables the IP phone to send all SIP requests to the outbound proxy server forcibly in a dialog 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled only the new SIP request messages from the IP phone will be sent to the outbound proxy server in a dialog If it is set to 1 Enabled all the SIP request messages from the IP phone will be forced to send to the outbound proxy server in a dialog...

Page 459: ...mitting and doubling of T1 will continue until the retransmitting time reaches the T2 value Example The user registers a SIP account for the IP phone and then set the value of Timer T1 Timer T2 respectively Timer T1 0 5 Timer T2 4 The SIP registration request message will be re transmitted between the IP phone and SIP server The re transmitting and doubling of Timer T1 0 5 will continue until the ...

Page 460: ...figuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default sip timer_t1 Float from 0 5 to10 0 5 Description Configures the SIP session timer T1 in seconds T1 is an estimate of the Round Trip Time RTT of transactions between a SIP client and SIP server Web User Interface Settings SIP SIP Session Timer T1 0 5 10s Phone User Interface None sip timer_t2 Float from 2 to 40 4 Description Configures the S...

Page 461: ...P Session Timer T4 2 5 60s field 5 Click Confirm to accept the change Session Timer Session timer allows a periodic refresh of SIP sessions through an UPDATE request to determine whether a SIP session is still active Session timer is specified in RFC 4028 IP phones support two refresher modes UAC and UAS Whether the endpoint functions as a UAC or a UAS depends on the UA that initiates the SIP requ...

Page 462: ...rds 70 User Agent Yealink SIP T46G 28 81 0 25 Session Expires 90 refresher uac Supported timer Content Length 0 Procedure Session timer can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure session timer Parameters account X session_timer enable account X session_timer expires account X session_timer refresher Web User Interface Configure session t...

Page 463: ...n UPDATE will be sent after 50 of its value has elapsed If it is set to 1800 1800s the IP phone will refresh the session during a call before 900 seconds X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is ...

Page 464: ...G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X session_timer enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Account Advanced Session Refresher Phone User Interface None To configure session timer via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of A...

Page 465: ... is placed on hold the IP phones send an INVITE request with HOLD SDP to request remote parties to stop sending media and to inform them that they are being held IP phones support two call hold methods one is RFC 3264 which sets the a media attribute in the SDP to sendonly recvonly or inactive e g a sendonly The other is RFC 2543 which sets the c connection addresses for the media streams in the S...

Page 466: ... rfc2543_hold MAC cfg Specify whether to use inactive hold signaling Parameter account X hold_use_inactive Web User Interface Configure the call hold tone and call hold tone delay Specify whether RFC 2543 c 0 0 0 0 outgoing hold signaling is used Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features play_h...

Page 467: ...one User Interface None sip rfc2543_hold 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to use RFC 2543 c 0 0 0 0 outgoing hold signaling 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled SDP media direction attributes such as a sendonly per RFC 3264 is used when placing a call on hold If it is set to 1 Enabled SDP media connection address c 0 0 0 0 per RFC 2543 is used when placing a call on...

Page 468: ...G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Note It works only if the value of the parameter sip rfc2543_hold is set to 0 Disabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To configure call hold tone and call hold tone delay via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the ...

Page 469: ...ally responds to the INVITE message and immediately plays audio from some source located anywhere LAN Internet to the held party For more information refer to draft RFC draft worley service example Note Procedure Music on hold can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure music on hold on a per line basis Parameter account X music_server_ur...

Page 470: ...lid values 10 1 3 165 10 1 3 165 sip moh sip com sip moh sip com yealink com or yealink com X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Example account 1 musi...

Page 471: ... T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To configure MoH via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Enter the SIP URI e g sip moh sip com in the Music Server URI field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change Call Fo...

Page 472: ...r side call forward feature is activated on any of the IP phone s registrations the other registrations are not affected DND activated on the IP phone deactivates the local no answer forward settings The call forward on code and call forward off code configured on IP phones are used to activate deactivate the server side call forward feature They may vary on different servers Diversion History Inf...

Page 473: ... enable account X busy_fwd target account X busy_fwd on_code account X busy_fwd off_code account X timeout_fwd enable account X timeout_fwd target account X timeout_fwd timeout account X timeout_fwd on_code account X timeout_fwd off_code y0000000000xx cfg Configure the call forward feature Parameter features fwd allow Specify the authorized numbers when call forward is activated Parameters feature...

Page 474: ... no_answer timeout forward no_answer on_code forward no_answer off_code Configure diversion history info feature Parameter features fwd_diversion_enable Configure forward international Parameter forward international enable Web User Interface Specify the authorized numbers when call forward is activated Configure call forward Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features forward q load Config...

Page 475: ...ace None Phone User Interface None features fwd_mode 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the call forward mode for the IP phone 0 Phone 1 Custom If it is set to 0 Phone call forward feature is effective for the IP phone If it is set to 1 Custom you can configure call forward feature for each or all accounts Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if the value of t...

Page 476: ...Forward Account X Always Forward On Off Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward Account X Always Forward Always Forward account X always_fwd target String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the destination number of the always forward for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 fo...

Page 477: ...d_mode is set to 1 Custom It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward Account X Always Forward On Code Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward Account X Always Forward On Code account X always_fwd off_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the always forward off code to deactivate the server side always f...

Page 478: ...2S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Note It works only if the value of the parameter features fwd allow is set to 1 Enabled and value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 1 Custom It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND ...

Page 479: ...the parameter account X busy_fwd target to the server when you activate busy forward feature for account X on the IP phone X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Example account 1 busy_fwd on_code 7...

Page 480: ...orward DND Forward Account X Busy Forward Off Code Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward Account X Busy Forward Off Code account X timeout_fwd enable 0 or 1 0 Description Triggers no answer forward feature to on or off for account X 0 Off 1 On If it is set to 1 On incoming calls to the account X are forwarded to the destination number configured by the parameter account X timeout_fwd tar...

Page 481: ...T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward Account X No Answer Forward Target Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward Account X No Answer Forward Forward to account X timeout_fwd timeout Integer from 0 to 20 2 Description Configures ring times N to wait before forwarding incoming calls for account X Incoming calls will be forwarded when not answered afte...

Page 482: ... T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Example account 1 timeout_fwd on_code 76 Note It works only if the value of the parameter features fwd allow is set to 1 Enabled and value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 1 Custom It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward Ac...

Page 483: ...n Enables or disables the incoming calls from some authorized numbers not to be forwarded when the call forward feature is activated 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note For Yealink IP phones except CP860 it works only if the value of the parameter features fwd allow is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward Forward Emergency Phone User Interface None features forward emergency auth...

Page 484: ...2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward Always Forward On Off Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward Always Forward Always Forward forward always target String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the destination number of the always forward for the IP phone Example forward always target 4608 Note It works only if the value of the parameter fea...

Page 485: ...s the always forward off code to deactivate the server side always forward feature The IP phone will send the always forward off code to the server when you deactivate always forward feature on the IP phone Example forward always off_code 73 Note It works only if the value of the parameter features fwd allow is set to 1 Enabled except CP860 IP phones and value of the parameter features fwd_mode is...

Page 486: ...o 0 Phone except SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward Busy Forward Target Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward Busy Forward Forward to forward busy on_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the busy forward on code to activate the server side busy forward feature The IP phone will send the busy forward on code and the ...

Page 487: ...er Interface Menu Features Call Forward Busy Forward Off Code forward no_answer enable 0 or 1 0 Description Triggers the no answer forward feature to on or off for the IP phone 0 Off 1 On If it is set to 1 On incoming calls are forwarded to the destination number configured by the parameter forward no_answer target after a period of ring time Note It works only if the value of the parameter featur...

Page 488: ...xcept CP860 IP phones and value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 0 Phone except SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward No Answer Forward After Ring Time 0 120s Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward No Answer Forward After Ring Time forward no_answer on_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the no answer forwa...

Page 489: ...is set to 1 Enabled except CP860 IP phones and value of the parameter features fwd_mode is set to 0 Phone except SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Forward DND Forward No Answer Forward Off Code Phone User Interface Menu Features Call Forward No Answer Forward Off Code features fwd_diversion_enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to present the div...

Page 490: ...enabled via web user interface 1 Click on Features Forward DND 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Forward Emergency 3 Enter the desired value in the Forward Authorized Numbers field Multiple numbers are separated by commas 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure call forward via web user interface 1 Click on Features Forward DND 2 In the Forward block mark the desired ...

Page 491: ...desired radio box in the Always Busy No Answer Forward field 3 Enter the destination number you want to forward in the Target field 4 Enter the on code and off code in the On Code and Off Code fields 5 Select the ring time to wait before forwarding from the pull down list of After Ring Time 0 120s only for the no answer forward 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure Diversion History In...

Page 492: ... international via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Fwd International 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure call forward in phone mode via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features Call Forward 2 Press or to select the desired forwarding type and then press the Enter soft key 3 Depending on your selection ...

Page 493: ...no answer forward on code and off code respectively in the On Code and Off Code field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the ring time to wait before forwarding from the After Ring Time field The default ring time is 12 seconds 4 Press the Save soft key to accept the change To configure call forward in custom mode via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features Call Forward 2 Press or to s...

Page 494: ...d you can configure it for a specific account 1 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the No Answer Forward field 2 Enter the destination number you want to forward all unanswered incoming calls to in the Forward to field 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the ring time to wait before forwarding from the After Ring Time field The default ring time is 12 seconds ...

Page 495: ...ting Attended transfer is implemented by a REFER method with Replaces in the Refer To header Normally call transfer is completed by pressing the transfer key Blind transfer on hook and attended transfer on hook features allow the IP phone to complete the transfer through on hook When a user performs a semi attended transfer semi attended transfer feature determines whether to display the prompt n ...

Page 496: ...nable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to complete the semi attended attended transfer through on hook besides pressing the Trans Transfer soft key or TRAN TRANSFER key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note Semi attended transfer means transfer a call after hearing the ringback tone Attended transfer means transfer a call with prior consulting Web User Interface Features Transfer Attended...

Page 497: ...ttended Transfer on Hook 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Local Conference Local conference requires a host phone to process the audio of all parties The maximum callers you can host in a local conference varies by phone SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G T29G T27P T27G T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 support three way local conference CP860 CP920 IP phones support fiv...

Page 498: ...rom the talking screen and the CONF key conference key the DSS key is configured as Conference will not work You cannot create a conference with other two parties using the phone s local conference even though the value of the parameter account X conf_type is set to 0 Local Conference If it is set to 1 Enabled to create a conference you have to configure the value of the parameter account X conf_t...

Page 499: ...face 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select Local Conference from the pull down list of Conference Type 4 Click Confirm to accept the change Network Conference Network conference also known as centralized conference provides users with flexibility of call with multiple participants more than three IP phones implement network conference ...

Page 500: ...nfigures the network conference type for account X 0 Local Conference 2 Network Conference If it is set to 0 Local Conference conferences are set up on the IP phone locally If it is set to 2 Network Conference conferences are set up by the server X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G...

Page 501: ... CP920 Example account 1 conf_uri conference example com Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X conf_type is set to 2 Network Conference Web User Interface Account Advanced Conference URI Phone User Interface None To configure the network conference via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select Networ...

Page 502: ...figure the transfer on conference hang up Parameter transfer tran_others_after_conf_enabl e Web User Interface Configure the transfer on conference hang up Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features transfer q load Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default transfer tran_others_after_conf_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to transfe...

Page 503: ...status of the following features between the IP phone and the server Do Not Disturb DND Call Forwarding Always CFA Call Forwarding Busy CFB Call Forwarding No Answer CFNA If feature key synchronization is enabled a user changes the status of one of these features on the server and then the server notifies the phone of synchronizing the status Conversely if the user changes the feature status on th...

Page 504: ...rameters Permitted Values Default bw feature_key_sync 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables feature key synchronization 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features General Information Feature Key Synchronization Phone User Interface None To configure feature key synchronization via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Featur...

Page 505: ...o configure the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on page 1014 Procedure Transfer mode via dsskey can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the transfer mode via dsskey Parameter transfer dsskey_deal_type Web User Interface Configure the transfer mode via dsskey Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features ...

Page 506: ...st of Transfer Mode via Dsskey 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Allow Trans Exist Call Allow trans exist call feature allows users to select transfer to party s call during multiple calls It is convenient to transfer the active call to another existing call It is not applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G IP phones For example party A 1001 has two calls on line 1 one with party B...

Page 507: ...ty s call a new call or another existing call during multiple calls when user presses the Trans Transfer soft key or TRAN TRANSFER key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the user can select to transfer the active call to a new call or another existing call during multiple calls when the user presses the Trans Transfer soft key or TRAN TRANSFER key If it is set to 0 Disabled the user ca...

Page 508: ...change Directed Call Pickup Directed call pickup is used for picking up an incoming call on a specific extension A user can pick up the incoming call using a directed pickup key or the DPickup soft key This feature depends on support from a SIP server For many SIP servers directed call pickup requires a directed pickup code which can be configured on a phone or a per line basis When you enable dir...

Page 509: ...atures pickup direct_pickup_enable features pickup direct_pickup_code y0000000000xx cfg Assign a directed call pickup key Parameters linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X line programablekey X line expansion_module X key Y line linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y...

Page 510: ...rameters Permitted Values Default account X direct_pickup_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the directed call pickup code for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 ...

Page 511: ...on Configures the directed call pickup code on a phone basis Example features pickup direct_pickup_code 97 Note The directed call pickup code configured on a per line basis account X direct_pickup_code takes precedence over that configured on a phone basis features pickup direct_pickup_code Web User Interface Features Call Pickup Directed Call Pickup Code Phone User Interface None Directed Call Pi...

Page 512: ...rogramable keys X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 9 13 14 for SIP T19 P E2 X 1 6 9 13 for CP860 CP920 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P...

Page 513: ...tory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Account Down When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 12 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default...

Page 514: ...he default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the defaul...

Page 515: ...ult value is 0 NA For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S IP phones When Y 1 60 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When Y 1 to 40 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When Y 1 21 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Programable Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Key...

Page 516: ...1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Permitted Values 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 1 Line 1 2 Line 2 16 Line ...

Page 517: ...G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 9 13 14 for SIP T19 P E2 X 1 6 9 13 for CP860 CP920 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configure...

Page 518: ...m 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Programable Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label linekey X shortlabel X ranges from 1 to 21 String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the short label displayed on the LCD screen for line key Note It is only applicable to SIP T52S IP phones Web User Interfa...

Page 519: ... Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Enter the directed call pickup code in the Directed Call Pickup Code field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure directed call pickup feature on a phone basis via web user interface 1 Click on Features Call Pickup 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Directed Call Pickup 3 Enter the directed call pickup c...

Page 520: ...n in the Label field 7 Enter the directed call pickup code followed by the specific extension in the Value field 8 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Group Call Pickup Group call pickup is used for picking up incoming calls within a pre defined group If the group receives many incoming calls at once the user will pick up the first incoming call using a group pickup key or the GPickup sof...

Page 521: ...y X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X line programablekey X line expansion_module X key Y line linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label linekey X shortlabel Web User Interface Assign a group call pickup key Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p dssk ey q load mode...

Page 522: ...n Configures the group pickup code for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Example account 1 group_pickup_code 98 Note The group call pickup...

Page 523: ... the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on page 1014 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type 23 Refer to the following content Description Configures a DSS key as a group call pickup key on the IP phone The digit 23 stands for the key type Group Pickup For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29...

Page 524: ...4S T46G T46S T29G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 27 is 0 For SIP T52S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default value of the line key 13 21 is 0 For SIP T42G S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default value of the line key 13 15 is 0 For SIP T41P S IP phones The default value...

Page 525: ...n X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Account Down When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is...

Page 526: ... default value is 2 Forward For SIP T19 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 ...

Page 527: ...Description Configures the desired line to apply the group call pickup key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 10 12 14 for SIP ...

Page 528: ...tures DSS Keys Line Key X Account ID linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the group call pickup feature code For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ran...

Page 529: ...y Y label String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for...

Page 530: ...ne Key Short Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Short Label To configure a group call pickup key via web user interface 1 Click on Dsskey Line Key or Programable Key 2 In the desired DSS key field select Group Pickup from the pull down list of Type 3 Enter the group call pickup code in the Value field 4 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label f...

Page 531: ...ll down list of Group Call Pickup 3 Enter the group call pickup code in the Group Call Pickup Code field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a group pickup key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select GPickup from the Key Ty...

Page 532: ... blf pickup feature is enabled a user can also pick up an incoming call by pressing the DPickup soft key For more information on visual alert for blf pickup refer to Visual Alert and Audio Alert for BLF Pickup on page 611 It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Note Example of the dialog info carried in NOTIFY message xml version 1 0 dialog info xmlns urn ietf params xml ns dial...

Page 533: ...visioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure dialog info call pickup Parameter account X dialoginfo_callpickup Web User Interface Configure dialog info call pickup Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p acc ount adv q load acc 0 Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default account X dialoginfo_callpickup 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to pic...

Page 534: ...le to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Account Advanced Dialog Info Call Pickup Phone User Interface None To configure dialog info call pickup via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Dialog Info Call Pickup 4 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 535: ...d using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx c fg Configure recent call in dialing feature Parameter super_search recent_call Web User Interface Configure recent call in dialing feature Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p cont acts favorite q load Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default super_search recent_call 0 or 1 1 Des...

Page 536: ... 3 Click Confirm to accept the change ReCall ReCall also known as last call return allows users to place a call back to the last caller Recall is implemented on IP phones using a recall key When you press the recall key you will place a call to the phone number that last called you Procedure Recall key can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y000000000...

Page 537: ...type 7 Refer to the following content Description Configures a DSS key as a recall key on the IP phone The digit 7 stands for the key type ReCall For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges ...

Page 538: ...ue of the line key 13 21 is 0 For SIP T42G S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default value of the line key 13 15 is 0 For SIP T41P S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 15 is 0 For SIP T27P G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T40G...

Page 539: ...ue is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value ...

Page 540: ...fault value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For CP860 CP920 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DN...

Page 541: ...to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X ranges from 1 to 4 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y r...

Page 542: ...Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a recall key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select ReCall from the Key Type field 5 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 6 Press the Save soft k...

Page 543: ...er contains configured characters the IP phone will automatically filter these characters when dialing Example features call_num_filter If you dial 3 61 the IP phone will filter the character and then dial out 361 Note If it is left blank the IP phone will not automatically filter any characters when dialing If you want to filter just a space you have to set the value to a space first followed by ...

Page 544: ...ic call park retrieve number park retrieve code from which the call can be retrieved after parking successfully Users can park calls on the extension known as call park orbit by pressing the Park soft key or a call park key You need to configure the call park code for the Park soft key or the call park key Call park code configured for the Park soft key will also apply to the call park key If the ...

Page 545: ...n a call park key Assign a retrieve park key Parameters linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line linekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X label expansion_module X key Y label linekey X shortlabel Web User Interface Configure call park feature Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features callpickup q load Assign a call park key ...

Page 546: ...Description Enables or disables the IP phone to display the Park soft key during a call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the Retrieve soft key will also be displayed on the dialing screen Web User Interface Features Call Pickup Call Park Phone User Interface None features call_park park_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the call park code for the Park soft...

Page 547: ...ark retrieve code directly when pressing the Park Retrieve soft key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will enter the pre dialing screen when pressing the Park Retrieve soft key And you can press the BLF BLF List key to park the call to the monitored user or retrieve the call parked from the monitored user Note It works only if the value of the parameter features call_par...

Page 548: ...s from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 2 type 10 Default For line keys For SIP T48G S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 29 is 0 For SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G IP phones Th...

Page 549: ...ce Dsskey Line key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line Refer to the following content 1 16 correspond to the lines 1 16 Description Configures the desired line to apply the call park key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42...

Page 550: ...enu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Account ID linekey X value expansion_module X key Y value String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the call park code For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40...

Page 551: ... for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP...

Page 552: ...IP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be conf...

Page 553: ... to 40 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When Y 1 21 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line Refer to the following content 1...

Page 554: ...T40G T23P T23G 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 1 Line 1 2 Line 2 16 Line 16 Example linekey 2 line 1 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line key Line Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Account ID linekey X value expansion_module X key Y value String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the park retrieve code For line k...

Page 555: ...s Blank Description Optional Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys For SIP T...

Page 556: ...bel To configure call park feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features Call Pickup 2 Select the desired call park mode from the pull down list of Call Park Mode 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Call Park 4 Optional Enter the call park code in the Call Park Code field 5 Optional Enter the park retrieve code in the Park Retrieve Code field 6 Click Confirm to accept the ch...

Page 557: ...o configure a call park key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Call Park from the Key Type field 5 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired line from the Account ID field 6 Optional Enter the string that will appear on ...

Page 558: ...ification information will be hidden and the IP phone LCD screen presents anonymous 2 If there is not any Privacy id header in the INVITE request the IP phone checks and presents the caller identification from the P Preferred Identity header 3 If there is not P Preferred Identity header in the INVITE request the IP phone presents the caller identification derived from the FROM header Caller ID sou...

Page 559: ...he caller identification information will be hidden and the IP phone LCD screen presents anonymous 2 If there is not any Privacy id header in the INVITE request the IP phone checks and presents the caller identification from the P Preferred Identity header 3 If there is not P Preferred Identity header in the INVITE request the IP phone checks and presents the caller identification from the P Asser...

Page 560: ...r to process Privacy header field Parameter account X cid_source_privacy Specify whether to process the P Preferred Identity PPI header for caller identity presentation Parameter account X cid_source_ppi y0000000000x x cfg Specify the priority order for the sources of caller identity information Parameter sip cid_source preference Web User Interface Configure the presentation of the caller identit...

Page 561: ... E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Advanced Caller ID Source Phone User Interface None account X cid_source_privacy 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to process Privacy header field in the SIP message for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone doesn t process Privacy header If it is set to 1 Enabled the caller identification information w...

Page 562: ...nges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None sip cid_source preference String P Preferred Identity P Asserted Ide...

Page 563: ...ng calls IP phones can display the Dialed Digits or the identity in a SIP header Remote Party ID or P Asserted Identity received or the identity in the From header carried in the UPDATE message sent by the callee as described in RFC 4916 Connected line identification presentation is also known as Called line identification presentation In some cases the remote party will be different from the call...

Page 564: ...IP phones present the connected line identification according to the dialed digits Connected Line Identification source RFC4916 Yealink IP phones support to present the connected line identification from UPDATE message following the RFC 4916 1 The IP phone receives an UPDATE message during a call the connected line identification on the LCD screen should be refreshed according the FROM SIP carried...

Page 565: ...IP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None account X cid_source_privacy 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to process Privacy header field in the SIP message for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone doesn t process Privacy header If it is set to 1 Enabled the caller identification information will be hidden and the...

Page 566: ...he microphone of the active audio device when the phone is on the pre dialing dialing calling ringing screen Mute the microphone on the calling screen is only applicable to the SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G IP phones The call is automatically muted when setting up successfully This feature is available for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones only when the keep mute feature is enabled For mor...

Page 567: ...on the calling screen is only applicable to the SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G IP phones Note For SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones you are allowed to activate the mute feature on the pre dialing dialing calling ringing screen only if the value of the parameter features keep_mute enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features General Information Allow Mute Phone User Interface None ...

Page 568: ...x cfg Configure keep mute feature Parameter features keep_mute enable Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default features keep_mute enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the keep mute feature for the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled mute feature is automatically deactivated when the active call ends If it is set to 1 Enabled the mute sta...

Page 569: ...indicator on the supervisor s phone indicates that the user s phone is in use When the monitored user is idle the supervisor can press the intercom key to automatically connect with a preconfigured target extension for outgoing intercom calls When the monitored user receives an incoming call the supervisor can press the intercom key to pick up the call directly To pick up the call you have to conf...

Page 570: ...ekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X pickup_value programablekey X pickup_value expansion_module X key Y pickup_value linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label linekey X shortlabel Web User Interface Assign an intercom key Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p dsskey q load model 0 Phone User Interface Assign an intercom key Details of Configuration...

Page 571: ...s Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Intercom Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on page 1014 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type 14 Refer to the following content Description Configures a DSS key as an intercom key The ...

Page 572: ...anges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 2 type 14 Default For line keys For SIP T48G S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 29 is 0 For SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 27 is 0 For SIP T52S IP phones The default value ...

Page 573: ...ue is 2 Forward For SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switc...

Page 574: ...the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Account Down When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T19 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DN...

Page 575: ...rface Dsskey Line key Programable Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X line programablekey X line expansion_module X key Y line Refer to the following content 1 16 for lines 1 16 Description Configures the desired line to apply the intercom key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges fro...

Page 576: ... T23P T23G 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 1 Line 1 2 Line 2 16 Line 16 Example linekey 2 line 1 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line key Programable Key Line Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Account ID linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value String within 99 characters Blank Description Configure...

Page 577: ...ekey 2 value 1008 Web User Interface Dsskey Line key Programable Key Value Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Value linekey X pickup_value programablekey X pickup_value expansion_module X key Y pickup_value String within 256 characters Blank Description Configures the pickup code for intercom feature For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for S...

Page 578: ...key Line Key Programable Key Extension Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Extension linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ra...

Page 579: ...tures DSS Keys Line Key X Short Label To configure an intercom key via web user interface 1 Click on Dsskey Line Key or Programable Key 2 In the desired DSS key field select Intercom from the pull down list of Type 3 Enter the remote extension number in the Value field 4 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 5 Select the desired line from the pull down lis...

Page 580: ...l handle an incoming intercom call like a normal incoming call instead of directly rejecting it Intercom Mute Intercom Mute allows the IP phone to mute the microphone for incoming intercom calls Intercom Tone Intercom Tone allows the IP phone to play a warning tone before answering an intercom call Intercom Barge Intercom Barge allows the IP phone to automatically answer an incoming intercom call ...

Page 581: ...om call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will handle an incoming intercom call like a normal incoming call instead of directly rejecting it If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will automatically answer an incoming intercom call Web User Interface Features Intercom Allow Intercom Phone User Interface Menu Features Intercom Intercom Allow features intercom mute 0 or 1 ...

Page 582: ...com Tone features intercom barge 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to answer an incoming intercom call while there is already an active call on the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will handle an incoming intercom call like a waiting call while there is already an active call on the IP phone If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will automa...

Page 583: ... web user interface 1 Click on Features Intercom 2 Select the desired values from the pull down lists of Allow Intercom Intercom Mute Intercom Tone and Intercom Barge 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure intercom via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features Intercom 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired values from the Intercom Allow Intercom Mute Intercom Tone and...

Page 584: ...meout Integer from 0 to 3600 180 Description Configures the duration time in seconds in the ringback state If it is set to 180 the phone will cancel the dialing if the call is not answered within 180 seconds Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Ringing Timeout Ringing timeout defines a specific period of time within which the IP phone will stop ringing if the call is not answered Proc...

Page 585: ...the proxy server Send user phone feature allows adding user phone to the SIP header of the INVITE message Example of a SIP INVITE message INVITE sip 101 10 2 1 48 5060 user phone SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 3 20 6 5060 branch z9hG4bK2475812834 From 1010 sip 1010 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 3747068208 To sip 101 10 2 1 48 5060 user phone Call ID 0_4008470062 10 3 20 6 CSeq 1 INVITE Contact sip 1010 10 3 20 6...

Page 586: ... Values Default account X enable_user_equal_phone 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to add user phone to the SIP header of the INVITE message for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G ...

Page 587: ...IP REGISTER message REGISTER sip 10 2 1 48 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UDP 10 3 20 14 5060 branch z9hG4bK3593117201 From 11 sip 11 10 2 1 48 5060 tag 2788360609 To 11 sip 11 10 2 1 48 5060 Call ID 1_1863786852 10 3 20 14 CSeq 2 REGISTER Contact sip 11 10 3 20 14 5060 line cc75882e976e208 Allow INVITE INFO PRACK ACK BYE CANCEL OPTIONS NOTIFY REGISTER SUBSCRIBE REFER PUBLISH UPDATE MESSAGE Max Forwards...

Page 588: ...ault account X register_mac 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to add MAC address to the SIP header of the REGISTER message for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to ...

Page 589: ...hone model Phone Model Line Number Description SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G 0 15 0 15 stand for line1 line16 SIP T52S T42G T42S 0 11 0 11 stand for line1 line12 SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G 0 5 0 5 stand for line1 line6 SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G 0 2 0 2 stand for line1 line3 SIP T21 P E2 0 1 0 1 stand for line1 line2 SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 0 0 stand for line1 Example of a SIP REGISTER message REGI...

Page 590: ... a per line basis Parameter account X register_line Web User Interface Configure SIP send line on a per line basis Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p account adv q load acc 0 Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default account X register_line 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to add line number to the SIP header of the REGISTER message for a...

Page 591: ...ame Reserve in User Name feature allows IP phones to reserve in user name When Reserve in User Name feature is disabled will be converted into 23 For example the user registers an account user name 1010 on the phone the phone will send 1010 23 instead of 1010 in the REGISTER message or INVITE message to SIP server Example of a SIP REGISTER message INVITE sip 2 10 2 1 48 5060 SIP 2 0 Via SIP 2 0 UD...

Page 592: ...figuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure reserve in user name Parameter sip use_23_as_pound Web User Interface Configure reserve in user name Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default sip use_23_as_pound 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to reserve the pound sign in the user nam...

Page 593: ...confidential calls Procedure Password dial feature can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure password dial feature Parameters features password_dial enable features password_dial prefix features password_dial length Web User Interface Configure password dial feature Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q ...

Page 594: ...ength Integer from 0 to 99 Blank Description Configures the number of digits to be hidden The hidden digits are displayed as asterisks on the LCD screen Example features password_dial length 3 If you set the prefix to 12 configured by the parameter features password_dial prefix and the length to 3 when you want to dial the number 123456 the entered number is displayed as 12 6 on the LCD screen Web...

Page 595: ... reboot can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure unregister when reboot Parameter account X unregister_on_reboot Web User Interface Configure unregister when reboot Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p account adv q load acc 0 Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default account X unregister_on_reboot ...

Page 596: ...P T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Advanced Unregister When Reboot Phone User Interface None To configure unregister when reboot via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select t...

Page 597: ... 10 3 6 197 5060 Authorization Digest username 1025 realm pbx test com nonce BroadWorksXi5stub71Ts2nb05BW uri sip 1024 pbx test com 5060 response f7e9d35c55af45b3f89beae95e913171 algorithm MD5 cnonce 0a4f113b qop auth nc 00000001 Content Type application sdp Allow INVITE INFO PRACK ACK BYE CANCEL OPTIONS NOTIFY REGISTER SUBSCRIBE REFER PUBLISH UPDATE MESSAGE Max Forwards 70 User Agent Yealink SIP ...

Page 598: ...9G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Advanced Retransmission Phone User Interface None To configure 100 reliable retransmission via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 ...

Page 599: ... reboot in talking Parameter features reboot_in_talk_enable Web User Interface Configure reboot in talking Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p featu res general q load Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default features reboot_in_talk_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the phone to reboot during a call when it receives a reboot request by action URI 0 ...

Page 600: ... directly If you disable answer by hand feature you need to press the corresponding line key or the Answer soft key to answer an incoming call after picking up the handset pressing the Speakerphone key or pressing the HEADSET key It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Procedure Answer by hand can be configured using the configuration files Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000...

Page 601: ...S SIP T42S SIP T41S SIP T29G SIP T27G CP860 and CP920 IP phones For manual recording you need to press the Start REC soft key during a call to record the audio call or conference Yealink IP phones also support recording calls by pressing record URL record key For more information refer to Dsskey Recording Record and URL Record on page 698 Note The recorded calls are saved in wav format and include...

Page 602: ...ing enable 0 or 1 Refer to the following content Description Enables or disables the call recording feature for the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled you can record the active audio call for the phone by pressing the Start REC soft key and the recorded calls will be saved to the USB flash drive For SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42S T41S T29G T27G CP860 The default valu i...

Page 603: ... recorded calls are saved in wav format and include a date time stamp and a keyword idleREC duration of the call and the recording file size For example 20161202 1043 idleREC 00 00 06 198 2KB was created on December 2 2016 at 10 43 when the phone is idle the duration of the call is 6 seconds and the size of the file is 198 2KB Recorded calls can be played on either the phone itself or a computer u...

Page 604: ...or remote control of the phone from computer applications such as PC softphone You can use the application to control the phone to perform basic call operations For example place a call answer a call end a call and transfer a call to another party It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 IP phones Procedure The uaCSTA feature can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Con...

Page 605: ...ll reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Features Remote Control CSTA Control Phone User Interface None To configure uaCSTA feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features Remote Control 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of the CSTA Control 3 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 4 ...

Page 606: ...nterface without entering the username and password in the login page Note Procedure Quick login can be configured using the configuration files Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure quick login Parameter wui quick_login Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default wui quick_login 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the quick login fe...

Page 607: ...efer to Yealink VC Cloud Management Service Administrator Guide After registering a Yealink Cloud account successfully the IP phone will download the Cloud accounts information from the server automatically For more information refer to the Yealink phone specific user guide Procedure Cloud feature can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx c...

Page 608: ...ed Note It is only applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features General Information Cloud Enable Phone User Interface None To configure Cloud feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of the Cloud Enable 3 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 609: ...p Field BLF Busy Lamp Field BLF List Hide Feature Access Codes Automatic Call Distribution ACD Shared Call Appearance SCA Bridge Lines Appearance BLA Message Waiting Indicator MWI Short Message Service SMS Multicast Paging Dsskey Recording Record and URL Record Hot Desking Logon Wizard Action URL Action URI Server Redundancy Static DNS Cache Real Time Transport Protocol RTP Ports TR 069 Device Man...

Page 610: ... provisioning server and specify the access URL of the file Menu xml in the configuration files You can ask the distributor or Yealink FAE for remote XML phone book template You can also obtain the remote XML phone book template online http support yealink com documentFront forwardToDocumentFrontDisplayPage For more information on obtaining the remote phone book template refer to Obtaining Boot Fi...

Page 611: ...e of a remote phone book between Title and Title MenuItem indicates the start of specifying a department file and MenuItem indicates the end of specifying a department file SoftKeyItem indicates the start of specifying an XML file and SoftKeyItem indicates the end of specifying an XML file for the digit keys key or key In the remote phone book contacts screen pressing the configured digit keys key...

Page 612: ...e MenuItem Name Department1 Name URL http 10 2 9 1 99 Department xml URL MenuItem 3 For each XML file that you want to add add the following strings to the file Each starts on a separate line SoftKeyItem Name Name URL http 10 2 9 1 99 Department xml URL SoftKeyItem 4 Save the file and place this file to the provisioning server 5 Specify the access URL of the remote phone book remote_phonebook data...

Page 613: ...ote_phonebook data X url remote_phonebook data X name remote_phonebook display_name Specify whether to query the entry name from the remote phone book for outgoing incoming calls Parameter features remote_phonebook enable Specify how often the IP phone refreshes the local cache of the remote phone book Parameter features remote_phonebook flash_time Specify whether to refresh the local cache of the...

Page 614: ...f a remote phone book file should be less than 750K For SIP T27P T27G T41P T41S T42G T42S T46G T46S T48G T48S CP860 CP920 IP phones the size of a remote phone book file should be less than 1 5M Web User Interface Directory Remote Phone Book Remote URL Phone User Interface None remote_phonebook data X name X ranges from 1 to 5 String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the display nam...

Page 615: ...the IP phone to perform a remote phone book search for an incoming or outgoing call and display the matched results on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Directory Remote Phone Book Incoming Outgoing Call Lookup Phone User Interface None features remote_phonebook flash_time 0 Integer from 3600 to 1296000 21600 Description It configures how often to refresh the local cache of th...

Page 616: ...ne book 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To specify access URL of the remote phone book via web user interface 1 Click on Directory Remote Phone Book 2 Enter the access URL in the Remote URL field 3 Enter the name in the Display Name field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure incoming outgoing call lookup and update time interval via web user inte...

Page 617: ...irectory of the corporation using IP phones Therefore they do not have to maintain the directory locally Users can search and dial out from the LDAP directory and save LDAP entries to the local directory LDAP entries displayed on the IP phone are read only which cannot be added edited or deleted by users When an LDAP server is properly configured the IP phone can look up entries from the LDAP serv...

Page 618: ...entry dc dc Domain component company Company or organization name telephoneNumber Office phone number mobile mobilephoneNumber Mobile or cellular phone number ipPhone IPphoneNumber Home phone number For more information on LDAP refer to LDAP Directory on Yealink IP Phones Procedure LDAP can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configur...

Page 619: ... label linekey X shortlabel Web User Interface Configure LDAP Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p contacts LDAP q load Assign an LDAP key Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p dsskey q load model 0 Phone User Interface Assign an LDAP key Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default ldap enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables LDAP feature on the IP phon...

Page 620: ... None Phone User Interface None ldap name_filter String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the search criteria for LDAP contact names look up The symbol in the filter stands for any character The symbol in the filter stands for the name entered by the user Example ldap name_filter cn sn When the cn or sn of the LDAP contact matches the entered name the record will be displayed on th...

Page 621: ...bile When the telephoneNumber of the LDAP contact is set and the mobile of the LDAP contact matches the entered number the record will be displayed on the phone LCD screen Web User Interface Directory LDAP LDAP Number Filter Phone User Interface None ldap tls_mode 0 1 or 2 0 Description Configures the connection mode between the LDAP server and the IP phone 0 LDAP Unencrypted connection between LD...

Page 622: ...ption Configures the port of the LDAP server Example ldap port 389 Web User Interface Directory LDAP Port Phone User Interface None ldap base String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the LDAP search base which corresponds to the location of the LDAP phone book from which the LDAP search request begins The search base narrows the search scope and decreases directory search time Exam...

Page 623: ... This parameter can be left blank in case the server allows anonymous to login Otherwise you will need to provide the password to login the LDAP server Example ldap password secret Web User Interface Directory LDAP Password Phone User Interface None ldap max_hits Integer from 1 to 32000 50 Description Configures the maximum number of search results to be returned by the LDAP server If it is set to...

Page 624: ...ne User Interface None ldap numb_attr String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the number attributes of each record to be returned by the LDAP server It compresses the search results You can configure multiple number attributes separated by spaces Example ldap numb_attr mobile ipPhone This requires the mobile and ipPhone attributes set for each contact record on the LDAP server Web...

Page 625: ...b User Interface Directory LDAP Protocol Phone User Interface None ldap call_in_lookup 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to perform an LDAP search when receiving an incoming call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Directory LDAP LDAP Lookup For Incoming Call Phone User Interface None ldap call_out_lookup 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to perform an L...

Page 626: ...P search the all search results will be displayed on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled For example If the phone receives an incoming call from the phone number 0044123456789 it will search 0044123456789 from the LDAP sever first if no result found it will search 44123456789 from the server again The phone will display all the search results Note It works only if the value of the parameter ldap c...

Page 627: ...3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 9 13 14 for SIP T19 P E2 X 1 6 9 13 for CP860 CP920 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T4...

Page 628: ...phones The default value is 15 For programable keys For SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the...

Page 629: ...s 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 11 the default value is 0 NA When X 12 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5...

Page 630: ...n X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 85 Local Favorite When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S IP phones When Y 1 60 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When Y 1 to 40 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When Y 1 ...

Page 631: ...anges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Programable Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label linekey X shortlabel X ranges from 1 to 21 String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the short label displayed ...

Page 632: ... from the pull down list of Type 3 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure an LDAP key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select LDAP from the Key Ty...

Page 633: ...BLF Subscription IP phones support BLF using a SUBSCRIBE NOTIFY mechanism as specified in RFC 3265 This feature depends on support from a SIP server When the IP phone is configured to monitor a specific user it sends a SUBSCRIBE message to the server A NOTIFY message which includes XML in the message body is sent to the IP phone to inform the current state of monitored user Once status of the moni...

Page 634: ...P 45 80 0 20 Subscription State active expires 17 Event dialog Content Length 534 xml version 1 0 dialog info xmlns urn ietf params xml ns dialog info version 3 state partial entity sip 1011 10 2 1 48 5060 dialog id 74 call id 0_2561109579 10 3 20 1 local tag 2778958897 remote tag 1132018898 direction recipient state confirmed state local identity sip 1011 10 2 1 48 5060 identity target uri sip 10...

Page 635: ... Default account X blf subscribe_period Integer from 30 to 2147483647 1800 Description Configures the period in seconds of the BLF subscription for account X The IP phone is able to successfully refresh the SUBSCRIBE before expiration of the SUBSCRIBE dialog X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T4...

Page 636: ... Interface None Phone User Interface None account X out_dialog_blf_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to handle NOTIFY messages out of the BLF dialog for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T...

Page 637: ...r BLF Pickup Visual and audio alert for BLF pickup allow the supervisor s phone to play a specific ring tone and display a visual prompt e g 6001 6002 6001 is the monitored extension which receives an incoming call from 6002 when the monitored user receives an incoming call In addition to the BLF key visual alert for BLF pickup feature enables the supervisor to pick up the monitored user s incomin...

Page 638: ...dio alert for BLF pickup Parameters features pickup blf_visual_enable features pickup blf_audio_enable Configure ring type for BLF pickup Parameter features blf ring_type Web User Interface Specify whether to use visual alert and audio alert for BLF pickup Configure ring type for BLF pickup Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p featur es callpickup q load Phone User Interface Configure ring ty...

Page 639: ...mitted Values Ring1 wav Ring2 wav Ring3 wav Ring4 wav Ring5 wav Ring6 wav Ring7 wav Ring8 wav Silent wav Splash wav or custom ring tone name e g Customring wav Example features blf ring_type Ring5 wav Note It works only if the value of the parameter features pickup blf_audio_enable is set to 1 Enabled It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Call Picku...

Page 640: ...e to the expansion module EXP50 connected to SIP T54S T52S IP phones EXP40 connected to SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones EXP20 connected to SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones The following table lists the LED statuses of the BLF key when BLF LED Mode is set to 0 1 2 3 or 4 respectively The default value of BLF LED mode is 0 BLF LED mode feature is also applicable to BLF list key For more information on...

Page 641: ...st key and BLF LED Mode is set to 2 LED Status Description Fast flashing red 200ms The monitored user receives an incoming call Solid red The monitored user is dialing The monitored user is talking The monitored user s conversation is placed on hold This LED status requires server support Slow flashing red 1s The call is parked against the monitored user s phone number Off The monitored user is id...

Page 642: ...LED mode can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure BLF LED mode Parameter features blf_led_mode Web User Interface Configure BLF LED mode Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p f eatures general q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features blf_led_mode 0 1 2 3 or 4 0 Description Co...

Page 643: ...ng the EDK macros if required For more information on EDK macros refer to Understanding Macro Action Strings on page 791 The following behaviors are supported when pressing the BLF BLF List keys newcall dial out the phone number btransfer transfer the active call to the monitored user without consulting ctransfer transfer the active call to the monitored user with prior consulting pickup pick up t...

Page 644: ... key behavior when the monitored user is ringing Parameters blf enhanced callin enable blf enhanced callin led blf enhanced callin callin action blf enhanced callin talking action blf enhanced callin idle action Configure BLF LED status and BLF key behavior when the monitored user is calling out Parameters blf enhanced callout enable blf enhanced callout led blf enhanced callout callin action blf ...

Page 645: ...tom behavior when pressing the BLF BLF List key if the monitored user is idle 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None blf enhanced idle led String Blank Description Configures the custom BLF BLF List key LED status when the monitored user is idle This value uses the same macro action string syntax as an ...

Page 646: ...ote It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if the value of the parameter blf enhanced idle enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None blf enhanced idle callin action String Blank Description Configures the behavior when pressing the BLF BLF list key if the monitor is ringing and monitored user is idle Example blf enhanced idle cal...

Page 647: ...om BLF BLF List key LED status and perform the custom behavior when pressing the BLF BLF List key if the monitored user is ringing 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None blf enhanced callin led String Blank Description Configures the custom BLF BLF List key LED status when the monitored user is ringing ...

Page 648: ... is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if the value of the parameter blf enhanced callin enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None blf enhanced callin callin action String Blank Description Configures the behavior when pressing the BLF BLF list key if the monitor and monitored user are ringing Example blf enhanced callin callin act...

Page 649: ...behavior for pressing the BLF BLF List key when the monitored user is calling out 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None blf enhanced callout led String Blank Description Configures the custom BLF BLF List key LED status when the monitored user is calling out This value uses the same macro action string...

Page 650: ...ced callout enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None blf enhanced callout callin action String Blank Description Configures the behavior when pressing the BLF BLF list key if the monitor is ringing and monitored user is calling out Example blf enhanced callout callin action newcall Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if ...

Page 651: ...onitored user is talking 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None blf enhanced talking led String Blank Description Configures the custom BLF BLF List key LED status when the monitored user is talking This value uses the same macro action string syntax as an Enhanced DSS key Example blf enhanced talking l...

Page 652: ...ced talking enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None blf enhanced talking callin action String Blank Description Configures the behavior when pressing the BLF BLF list key if the monitor is ringing and monitored user is talking Example blf enhanced talking callin action newcall Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if the ...

Page 653: ... 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None blf enhanced parked led String Blank Description Configures the custom BLF BLF List key LED status when a call is being parked against the monitored phone This value uses the same macro action string syntax as an Enhanced DSS key Example blf enhanced parked led LE...

Page 654: ...nterface None Phone User Interface None blf enhanced parked callin action String Blank Description Configures the behavior when pressing the BLF BLF list key if the monitor is ringing and a call is being parked against the monitored phone Example blf enhanced parked callin action newcall Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if the value of the parameter blf...

Page 655: ... configure the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on page 1014 Procedure BLF key can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx c fg Assign a BLF key Parameters linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line linekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X pickup_value expansion_mod...

Page 656: ...nges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 2 type 16 Default For line keys For SIP T48G S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 29 is 0 For SIP T54S T46...

Page 657: ...s not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line Refer to the following content 1 16 correspond to the lines 1 16 Description Configures the desired line to apply the BLF key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 f...

Page 658: ... P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Line Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Account ID linekey X value expansion_module X key Y value String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the phone number or extension of the monitored user For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges ...

Page 659: ... for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP...

Page 660: ...to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Label Phone User Interface ...

Page 661: ...the Label field 6 Enter the phone number or extension you want to monitor in the Value field 7 Optional Enter the directed call pickup code in the Extension field 8 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Busy Lamp Field BLF List BLF List allows a list of specific extensions to be monitored for status changes It enables the monitoring phone to subscribe to a list of users and receive notifica...

Page 662: ...0xx cfg Specify whether to automatically configure the BLF list keys Parameter phone_setting auto_blf_list_enable Configure the order of BLF list keys assigned automatically Parameter phone_setting blf_list_sequence_type Assign a BLF List key Parameters linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line Web User Interface Configure BLF List Navigate to http p...

Page 663: ...ey Expansion1 Expansion2 Line Key 2 Line Key first page Ext Key first page on Expansion1 first page on Expansion2 Line Key second page Ext Key second page on Expansion1 second page on Expansion2 3 Ext Key first page on Expansion1 first page on Expansion2 Line Key first page Ext Key second page on Expansion1 second page on Expansion2 Line Key second page Note It works only if the value of the param...

Page 664: ... Account Advanced BLF List URI Phone User Interface None account X blf_list_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the feature access code for directed call pickup for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T...

Page 665: ...ription Configures the feature access code for the call park retrieve for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 Example account 1 blf_list_retrieve_call_parked_code 88 Note It is not appl...

Page 666: ... X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 2 type 39 Default For line keys For SIP T48G S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 29 is 0 For SIP T54...

Page 667: ...le to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X line expansion_module X key Y line Refer to the following content 1 16 correspond to the lines 1 16 Description Configures the desired line to apply the BLF List key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T5...

Page 668: ... SIP T21 P E2 1 Line 1 2 Line 2 16 Line 16 Example linekey 2 line 1 Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Line Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Account ID To configure the BLF List settings via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the account e g account 1 from the pull down list of Account 3 Ente...

Page 669: ...BLF List from the pull down list of Type 3 Repeat the step 2 configure more BLF list keys 4 Click Confirm to accept the change Hide Feature Access Codes Hide Feature Access Codes feature enables the IP phone to display the feature name instead of the dialed feature access code automatically For example the dialed call park code will be replaced by the identifier Call Park when you park an active c...

Page 670: ... Parameter features hide_feature_access_codes enable Web User Interface Configure the hide feature access codes feature Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default features hide_feature_access_codes enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to display feature name instead of the feature a...

Page 671: ...em the server monitors the IP phone status and then decides whether to assign an incoming call to the user s IP phone When the IP phone status is changed to unavailable the server stops distributing calls to the IP phone The IP phone will remain in the unavailable status until the user manually changes the IP phone status or the ACD auto available timer if configured expires How long the IP phone ...

Page 672: ...ameters acd auto_available acd auto_available_timer Assign an ACD key Parameters linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X label expansion_module X key Y label linekey X shortlabel Web User Interface Configure ACD auto available Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features acd q load Assign an ACD key Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p dsskey q load model 0 Phone User Int...

Page 673: ...Enables or disables the IP phone to display the Available Avail or Unavailable Unavail soft key for account X after the IP phone logs into the ACD system 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 f...

Page 674: ...r Interface Account Advanced ACD Subscribe Period 120 3600s Phone User Interface None acd auto_available 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to automatically change the status of the ACD agent to available after the designated time 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X acd enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features ACD ACD Aut...

Page 675: ...ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges f...

Page 676: ...of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones The default value is 15 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S IP phones When Y 1 60 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When Y 1 to 40 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When Y 1 21 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Note It is not appl...

Page 677: ...IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label linekey X shortlabel X ranges from 1 to 21 String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the short label displayed on the LCD screen for line key Note It is only applicable to SIP T52S IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Short Phone User Interface Menu Featur...

Page 678: ...ect the desired value from the pull down list of ACD Auto Available 3 Enter the desired timer in the ACD Auto Available Timer 0 120s field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the ACD subscribe period via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Enter the desired timer in the ACD Subscribe Period 120 3600s field 4...

Page 679: ...o originate or receive calls on the shared line An incoming call can be presented to multiple phones simultaneously The incoming call can be answered on any IP phone but not all A call that is active on one IP phone will be presented visually to other IP phones that share the call appearance IP phones support SCA using a SUBSCRIBE NOTIFY mechanism as specified in RFC 3265 The events used are call ...

Page 680: ...ters phone_setting custom_softkey_enabl e custom_softkey_talking url Assign a private hold key Parameters linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X label expansion_module X key Y label linekey X shortlabel Web User Interface Configure the registration line type Configure the call pull feature access code Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p account adv q load acc 0 Configure the ...

Page 681: ...Web User Interface Account Advanced Shared Line Phone User Interface None account X shared_line_callpull_code String within 32 characters Blank Description Configures the call pull feature access code to retrieve an existing call from another shared phone that is in active or public hold status for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP ...

Page 682: ...n Enables or disables custom soft keys layout feature 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Softkey Layout Custom Softkey Phone User Interface None custom_softkey_talking url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the custom file for the soft key presented on the LCD screen when in the Talking state Example custom_softkey_talking url http 192 168 1 20 X...

Page 683: ...s from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 2 type ...

Page 684: ...8G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When Y 1 to 40 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When Y 1 21 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X label expansion_module X key Y ...

Page 685: ...not be configured Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label linekey X shortlabel X ranges from 1 to 21 String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the short label displayed on the LCD screen for line key Note It is only applicable to SIP T52S IP phones W...

Page 686: ...P860 CP920 IP Phones 660 To configure the shared line settings on the primary phone via web user interface 1 Register the primary account e g 4609 2 Click on Advanced select Shared Call Appearance from the pull down list of Shared Line 3 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 687: ...s on alternate phone via web user interface 1 Register the alternate account e g 4609_1 Enter the primary account 4609 in the Register Name field 2 Click on Advanced select Shared Call Appearance from the pull down list of Shared Line 3 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 688: ...ull down list of Account 3 Enter the call pull feature access code e g 11 in the Call Pull Feature Access Code field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the private hold soft key via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Softkey Layout 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Custom Softkey 3 Select On Talk from the pull down list of Call States 4 Select PriHold from the Unselect...

Page 689: ...y via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Private Hold from the Key Type field 4 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 5 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Bridge Lines Appearance BLA BLA allows users to share a SI...

Page 690: ...ed on public hold the held call is available for all phones in the group to retrieve Procedure BLA can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the registration line type Parameter account X shared_line Configure the BLA number Parameter account X bla_number Configure the period of BLA subscription Parameter account X bla_subscribe_period ...

Page 691: ...ced Shared Line Phone User Interface None account X bla_number String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the BLA number for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal...

Page 692: ... T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X shared_line is set to 3 Draft BLA Web User Interface Account Advanced BLA Subscription Period Phone User Interface None To configure the BLA feature via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the...

Page 693: ...unsolicited MWI Unsolicited MWI Unsolicited MWI is a server related feature The IP phone sends a SUBSCRIBE message to the server for message summary updates The server sends a message summary NOTIFY within the subscription dialog each time the MWI status changes Solicited MWI For solicited MWI you must enable MWI subscription feature on IP phones IP phones support subscribing the MWI messages to t...

Page 694: ...to subscribe the message waiting indicator for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will send a SUBSCRIBE message to the server for message summary updates If it is set to 0 Disabled the server automatically sends a message summary NOTIFY in a new dialog each time the MWI status changes This requires server support X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G ...

Page 695: ...User Interface Account Advanced MWI Subscription Period Seconds Phone User Interface None account X subscribe_mwi_to_vm 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to subscribe the message waiting indicator to the voice mail number for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will subscribe the message waiting indicator to the account X X ranges from 1 to 16...

Page 696: ...nt Advanced Voice Mail Phone User Interface Menu Message Voice Mail Set Voice Mail AccountX Code account X display_mwi enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to present audio and visual MWI when receiving new voice messages 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP...

Page 697: ...of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Subscribe for MWI 4 Enter the period time in the MWI Subscription Period Seconds field 5 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure subscribe MWI to voice mail via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Subscribe f...

Page 698: ...t 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Voice Mail Display 4 Click Confirm to accept the change Short Message Service SMS SMS feature allows users to send and receive text messages using Yealink IP phones except CP920 IP phones It depends on support from a SIP server You can send text messages by initiating a new dialogue or by replying to a received message By default this feature...

Page 699: ...e or select specialized tone sets vary from country to country for your IP phone For more information refer to Tones on page 834 Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure SMS for the IP phone Parameter features text_message enable Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values De...

Page 700: ...he channel 0 This is for compatibility with the old Yealink IP phones and third party devices 1 to 25 each corresponds to the Polycom s channel 1 to 25 respectively This is for compatibility with the Polycom IP phones 26 to 30 This is for separate communication among the Yealink IP phones supporting these channels The IP phones will automatically ignore all incoming multicast paging calls on the d...

Page 701: ..._address X label Configure the channel of the multicast paging group for a paging list key Parameter multicast paging_address X channel Assign a multicast paging key Parameters linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label linekey X shortl...

Page 702: ...s servlet p contact s multicastIP q load Assign a multicast paging key or a paging list key Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p dsskey q load model 0 Phone User Interface Configure the multicast IP address and port number for a paging list key Configure the multicast paging group name for a paging list key Configure the channel of the multicast paging group for a paging list key Assign a mul...

Page 703: ...valid multicast IP addresses range from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 Web User Interface Directory Multicast IP Paging List Paging Address Phone User Interface Menu Features Paging List Option Edit Address multicast paging_address X label X ranges from 1 to 31 String Blank Description Configures the name of the multicast paging group to be displayed in the paging list It will be displayed on the LC...

Page 704: ...ive the RTP stream Example multicast paging_address 1 channel 3 multicast paging_address 2 channel 5 Web User Interface Directory Multicast IP Paging List Channel Phone User Interface Menu Features Paging List Option Edit Channel Multicast Paging Key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on page 1014 Details of Configuration Parameters Paramet...

Page 705: ...mple linekey 2 type 24 Default For line keys For SIP T48G S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 29 is 0 For SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 27 is 0 For SIP T52S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default value of the line ke...

Page 706: ... 2 Forward For SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Acc...

Page 707: ...count Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Account Down When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T19 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 His...

Page 708: ...A Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Programable Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value String within 99 characters Blank Description Configures the multicast IP address and port number For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from...

Page 709: ...alue Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Value linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T4...

Page 710: ...e Dsskey Line Key Short Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Short Label linekey X extension programablekey X extension expansion_module X key Y extension String within 256 characters Blank Description Configures the channel of multicast paging group For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP ...

Page 711: ...ey X Channel Paging List key For more information on how to configure the DSS Key refer to Appendix D Configuring DSS Key on page 1014 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type 66 Refer to the following content Description Configures a DSS key as a paging list key on the IP phone The digit 66 stands fo...

Page 712: ... of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 29 is 0 For SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 27 is 0 For SIP T52S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default value of the line key 13 21 is 0 For SIP T42G S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and ...

Page 713: ...en X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Account Down When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP ph...

Page 714: ...s 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T19 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X ...

Page 715: ...l expansion_module X key Y label String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X rang...

Page 716: ...CD screen for line key Note It is only applicable to SIP T52S IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Short Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Short Label To configure a codec for multicast paging via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired codec from the pull down list of Multicast Codec 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To confi...

Page 717: ... select Paging from the pull down list of Type 3 Enter the multicast IP address and port number in the Value field The valid multicast IP addresses range from 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 4 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 5 Enter the desired channel in the Extension field The valid channel ranges from 0 to 30 6 Click Confirm to accept the change To c...

Page 718: ...res DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Paging List from the Key Type field 5 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 6 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Receiving RTP Stream IP phones can receive an RTP stream from the pre confi...

Page 719: ...s already a multicast paging call in progress If the value of the parameter is configured as disabled the IP phone will automatically ignore all incoming multicast paging calls If the value of the parameter is configured as enabled an incoming multicast paging call with higher priority or equal is automatically answered and the one with lower priority is ignored Procedure Configuration changes can...

Page 720: ...the label to be displayed on the LCD screen when receiving the multicast paging calls Example multicast listen_address 1 label Paging1 Web User Interface Directory Multicast IP Multicast Listening Label Phone User Interface None multicast listen_address X channel X ranges from 1 to 31 Integer from 0 to 30 0 Description Configures the channel that the IP phone listens to If it is set to 0 the IP ph...

Page 721: ...y pressing the Volume key in advance when the phone is during a call You can also adjust the volume of the speaker during the paging call If it is set to 1 to 15 the configured volume takes effect and the current volume of the speaker will be ignored You are not allowed to adjust the volume of the speaker during the paging call Example multicast listen_address 1 volume 1 Web User Interface None Ph...

Page 722: ...ual priority and ignore that with a lower priority Web User Interface Directory Multicast IP Paging Priority Active Phone User Interface None multicast receive_priority priority Integer from 0 to 31 31 Description Configures the priority of the voice call a normal phone call rather than a multicast paging call in progress 1 is the highest priority 31 is the lowest priority 0 Disabled 1 1 2 2 3 3 3...

Page 723: ...n this value when DND is activated in phone mode Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Directory Multicast IP Ignore DND Phone User Interface None To configure multicast listening addresses via web user interface 1 Click on Directory Multicast IP 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Paging Barge 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of ...

Page 724: ...the IP phone to send the server a SIP INFO message containing a specific header URL record is for the IP phone to send the server an HTTP GET message containing a specific URL The server processes these messages and decides to start or stop a recording Note Record When a user presses a record key for the first time during a call the IP phone sends a SIP INFO message to the server with the specific...

Page 725: ...f Content Length 0 URL Record When a user presses a URL record key for the first time during a call the IP phone sends an HTTP GET message to the server Example of an HTTP GET message GET URLRecord record xml HTTP 1 1 r n Request Method GET Request URI URLRecord record xml Request version HTTP 1 1 Host 10 3 5 97 8080 r n User Agent Yealink SIP T46G 28 81 0 25 00 15 65 74 B1 50 r n If the recording...

Page 726: ...neText Title Title Text The recording session is successfully stopped Text YealinkIPPhoneText Procedure Record or URL record key can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Assign a record key Parameters linekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X label expansion_module X key Y label linekey X shortlabel Assign a URL record key...

Page 727: ... as a record key on the IP phone The digit 25 stands for the key type Record For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges ...

Page 728: ...e key 7 15 is 0 For SIP T27P G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones The default value is 15 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S IP phones When Y 1 60 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When Y 1 to 40 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When ...

Page 729: ...nfigured Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label linekey X shortlabel X ranges from 1 to 21 String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the short label displayed on the LCD screen for line key Note It is only applicable to SIP T52S IP phones Web User I...

Page 730: ...not be configured Example linekey 2 type 35 Default For line keys For SIP T48G S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 29 is 0 For SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 27 is 0 For SIP T52S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default...

Page 731: ...ank Description Configures the URL to record a call For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from...

Page 732: ...40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Note It is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line K...

Page 733: ...appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 5 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a record key via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Features DSS Keys 2 Select the desired DSS key 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Key Event from the Type field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select Record from the Key Type field 5 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD scr...

Page 734: ...ation configurations of all accounts on the IP phone and then register his account on line 1 To use this feature you need to assign a hot desking key Procedure Hot Desking feature can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the hot desking login wizard Parameters hotdesking dsskey_register_name_enable hotdesking dsskey_username_...

Page 735: ...ser Interface None hotdesking dsskey_username_enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to provide input field of user name on the hot desking login wizard when pressing the Hot Desking key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None hotdesking dsskey_password_enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or dis...

Page 736: ...hot desking login wizard when pressing the Hot Desking key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None hotdesking dsskey_outbound_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to provide input field of outbound server on the hot desking login wizard when pressing the Hot Desking key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled No...

Page 737: ...to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P ...

Page 738: ...s The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones The default value is 15 For programable keys For SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the ...

Page 739: ... X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Account Down When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 11 the default value is 0 NA When X 12 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 Histo...

Page 740: ... IP phones When Y 1 60 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When Y 1 to 40 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When Y 1 21 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X ...

Page 741: ...igured Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label linekey X shortlabel X ranges from 1 to 21 String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the short label displayed on the LCD screen for line key Note It is only applicable to SIP T52S IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey...

Page 742: ...abel field 6 Press the Save soft key to accept the change Logon Wizard Logon wizard allows IP phones to provide the logon wizard during the first startup Note Procedure Logon wizard can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuratio n File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the logon wizard Parameters phone_setting logon_wizard hotdesking startup_register_name_enable hotdeski...

Page 743: ...izard Phone User Interface None hotdesking startup_register_name_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to provide input field of register name on the logon wizard during the first startup 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if there is no registered account on the IP phone and the value of the parameter phone_setting logon_wi...

Page 744: ...d during the first startup 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if there is no registered account on the IP phone and the value of the parameter phone_setting logon_wizard is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None hotdesking startup_sip_server_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to provide input f...

Page 745: ...ed 1 Enabled Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if there is no registered account on the IP phone and the value of the parameter phone_setting logon_wizard is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To configure logon wizard feature via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down l...

Page 746: ...s on hook Incoming Call When the IP phone receives an incoming call Outgoing Call When the IP phone places a call Established When the IP phone establishes a call Terminated When the IP phone terminates a call Open DND When the IP phone enables the DND mode Close DND When the IP phone disables the DND mode Open Always Forward When the IP phone enables the always forward Close Always Forward When t...

Page 747: ... IP phone enables the call waiting Close Call Waiting When the IP phone disables the call waiting Headset When the IP phone presses the HEADSET key not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Handfree When the IP phone presses the Speakerphone key not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Cancel Call Out When the IP phone cancels an outgoing call in the ring back state Remote Busy When an outgoing call ...

Page 748: ... when the IP phone places a call receives an incoming call or establishes a call local The SIP URI of the caller when the IP phone places a call The SIP URI of the callee when the IP phone receives an incoming call remote The SIP URI of the callee when the IP phone places a call The SIP URI of the caller when the IP phone receives an incoming call display_local The display name of the caller when ...

Page 749: ...ing_call action_url call_established action_url dnd_on action_url dnd_off action_url always_fwd_on action_url always_fwd_off action_url busy_fwd_on action_url busy_fwd_off action_url no_answer_fwd_on action_url no_answer_fwd_off action_url transfer_call action_url blind_transfer_call action_url attended_transfer_call action_url hold action_url unhold action_url held action_url unheld action_url mu...

Page 750: ...ion_url remote_busy action_url call_remote_canceled Web User Interface Configure action URL Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p f eatures actionurl q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default action_url setup_completed URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends after startup The value format is http s IP address...

Page 751: ...s registered Example action_url registered http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Registered Phone User Interface None action_url unregistered URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends after an account is unregistered Example action_url unregistered http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action UR...

Page 752: ...k Example action_url off_hook http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Off Hook Phone User Interface None action_url on_hook URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when on hook Example action_url on_hook http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL On Hook Phone User Interface None action_ur...

Page 753: ...utgoing Call Phone User Interface None action_url call_established URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when establishing a call Example action_url call_established http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Established Phone User Interface None action_url dnd_on URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures ...

Page 754: ...within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when always forward feature is activated Example action_url always_fwd_on http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Open Always Forward Phone User Interface None action_url always_fwd_off URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when alw...

Page 755: ...rd feature is deactivated Example action_url busy_fwd_off http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Close Busy Forward Phone User Interface None action_url no_answer_fwd_on URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when no answer forward feature is activated Example action_url no_answer_fwd_on http 192 168 0 20 help xml I...

Page 756: ...nsfer Example action_url transfer_call http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Transfer Call Phone User Interface None action_url blind_transfer_call URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when performing a blind transfer Example action_url blind_transfer_call http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Featu...

Page 757: ...ld http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Hold Phone User Interface None action_url unhold URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when resuming a hold call Example action_url unhold http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL UnHold Phone User Interface None action_url held URL within 511...

Page 758: ...eb User Interface None Phone User Interface None action_url mute URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when muting a call Example action_url mute http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Mute Phone User Interface None action_url unmute URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone...

Page 759: ...lank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when terminating a call Example action_url call_terminated http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Terminated Phone User Interface None action_url busy_to_idle URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when changing the state of the IP phone from busy to idle...

Page 760: ...cters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when changing the IP address of the IP phone Example action_url ip_change http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL IP Changed Phone User Interface None action_url forward_incoming_call URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when forwarding an incomin...

Page 761: ... the action URL the IP phone sends when answering a new incoming call Example action_url answer_new_incoming_call http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Answer New Incoming Call Phone User Interface None action_url transfer_finished URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when completing a call transfer Example actio...

Page 762: ...phone sends when completing auto provisioning via power on Example action_url setup_autop_finish http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Autop Finish Phone User Interface None action_url call_waiting_on URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when call waiting feature is enabled Example action_url call_waiting_on http...

Page 763: ...IP ip Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Action URL Headset Phone User Interface None action_url handfree URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when pressing the Speakerphone key Example action_url handfree http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Inter...

Page 764: ... when the outgoing call is rejected Example action_url remote_busy http 192 168 0 20 help xml IP ip Web User Interface Features Action URL Remote Busy Phone User Interface None action_url call_remote_canceled URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the action URL the IP phone sends when the remote party cancels the outgoing call in the ringing state Example action_url call_remote_ca...

Page 765: ...pport performing the specified action immediately by accepting a SIP NOTIFY message with the Event ACTION URI header from a SIP proxy server The message body of the SIP NOTIFY message may contain variable named as key and variable value which are separated by This method is especially useful for users always working in the small office home office where a secure firewall may prevent the HTTP or HT...

Page 766: ...pe message sipfrag Content Length 6 Message Body key OK The following table lists pre defined variable values Variable Value Phone Action OK Press the OK key ENTER Press the Enter soft key not applicable to SIP T48S T48G IP phones SPEAKER Press the Speakerphone key not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones F_TRANSFER Transfers a call to another party VOLUME_UP Increase the volume VOLUME_DOWN Decreas...

Page 767: ...plicable to CP920 IP phones UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT Press the navigation keys Reboot Reboot the phone AutoP Perform auto provisioning DNDOn Activate the DND feature Note For Yealink IP phones except CP860 it works only if the value of the parameter features dnd allow is set to 1 Enabled DNDOff Deactivate the DND feature Note For Yealink IP phones except CP860 it works only if the value of the parameter...

Page 768: ...0 IP phones Press the on hook key ANSWER ASW Asw Answer a call Reset Reset a phone ATrans xxx Perform a semi attended attended transfer to xxx BTrans xxx Perform a blind transfer to xxx phonecfg get accounts x dnd x fw x Get firmware version registration DND or forward configuration information The valid value of x is 0 or 1 0 means you do not need to get configuration information 1 means you want...

Page 769: ...te For Yealink IP phones except CP860 it works only if the value of the parameter features fwd allow is set to 1 Enabled and call forward mode is Phone the always busy no answer forward feature will apply to all the accounts on the phone Example http 10 10 20 10 servlet key NoAnswFwdOf f CALLEND CallEnd End a call ASW CANCEL HOLD UNHOLD xxx Answer end hold unhold a call xxx refers to the call id o...

Page 770: ... to specify the trusted IP address for action URI When the IP phone receives a GET request from the trusted IP address for the first time the LCD screen prompts the message Allow remote control Press the OK soft key on the phone to allow remote control You can specify one or more trusted IP addresses on the IP phone or configure the IP phone to receive and handle the URI from any IP address If you...

Page 771: ...ures remotecontrl q load Details of the Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features action_uri enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to receive the action URI requests 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None features show_action_uri_option 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the phone to pop up the Allow Remote Co...

Page 772: ...re separated by commas For continuous IP addresses the format likes and the stands for the values 0 255 For example 10 10 stands for the IP addresses that range from 10 10 0 0 to 10 10 255 255 If left blank the IP phone will reject any HTTP GET request If it is set to any the IP phone will accept and handle HTTP GET requests from any IP address Example features action_uri_limit_ip 10 3 6 117 10 3 ...

Page 773: ...me to the local system Before capturing the phone s current screen ensure that the IP address of the computer is included in the trusted IP address for Action URI on the phone For more information on the trusted IP address refer to Configuring Trusted IP Address for Action URI on page 744 When you capture the screen display the IP phone may prompt you to enter the user name and password of the adm...

Page 774: ...You can place a call via web user interface Before doing it ensure that the IP address of your computer is included in the trusted IP address for Action URI on the phone For more information on the trusted IP address refer to Configuring Trusted IP Address for Action URI on page 744 If you place a call via web user interface but the trusted IP address has not been configured the web user interface...

Page 775: ...aving a second equivalent capability call server take over from the one that has gone down off line This mode of operation should be done using the DNS mechanism from the primary to the secondary server Therefore if you want to use this mode the server must be configured with a domain name Fallback In this mode a second less featured call server with SIP capability takes over call control to provi...

Page 776: ...ver in a cluster of servers resolved by the DNS server The secondary server e g 192 168 1 14 backs up a primary server when the primary server fails and offers the same functionality as the primary server Fallback Server Server 2 is configured with the IP address of the fallback server For example 192 168 1 15 A fallback server offers less functionality than the working server Outgoing Call When t...

Page 777: ...e secondary server will serve as the working server As soon as the primary server registration succeeds it returns to being the working server Registration methods of the fallback mode include not applicable to outbound proxy servers Concurrent registration default The IP phone registers to SIP server 1 and SIP server 2 working server and fallback server at the same time Note that although the IP ...

Page 778: ...ack_mode account X sip_server Y failback_timeout account X sip_server Y failback_subscribe enable Web User Interface Configure the server redundancy on the IP phone Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p account register q load acc 0 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default account X sip_server Y address X ranges from 1 to 16 Y ranges from 1 to 2 String within 256...

Page 779: ...or SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Example account 1 sip_server 1 port 5060 Note If the value of this parameter is set to 0 the port used depends on the value specified by the parameter account X sip_server Y transport_type Web User Interface Account Register SIP Server Y Port Phone User Interface None account X sip_server ...

Page 780: ...12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Example account 1 sip_server 1 retry_counts 3 The IP phone moves to the next available server after three failed attempts Web User Interface Account Register SIP Server Y Server Retry Counts Ph...

Page 781: ...nly_signal_with_registered X ranges from 1 to 16 Y ranges from 1 to 2 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to only send requests to the registered server for account X when encountering a failover 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges fr...

Page 782: ...or SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None account X outbound_proxy_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to send requests to the outbound proxy server for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X...

Page 783: ...one User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Accounts Outbound ProxyY account X outbound_proxy Y port Integer from 0 to 65535 5060 Description Configures the port of the outbound proxy server Y for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SI...

Page 784: ...147483647 120 Description Configures the time interval in seconds for the IP phone to detect whether the working server is available by sending the registration request for account X after the fallback server takes over call control X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from...

Page 785: ...tion Configures the failback mode for the IP phone to retry the primary server in failover for account X 0 newRequests all requests are sent to the primary server first regardless of the last server that was used If the primary server does not respond correctly the IP phone will try to send requests to the secondary server 1 DNSTTL the IP phone will send requests to the last registered server firs...

Page 786: ... set the parameter to 0 the IP phone will not send requests to the primary server until a failover event occurs with the current working server If you set the parameter from 1 to 59 the timeout will be 60 seconds X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P...

Page 787: ...SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Note It works only if the value of the parameter account X sip_server Y failback_mode is set to 1 2 or 3 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To configure server redundancy for fallback purpose via web user interface 1 Click on Account Register 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Configure registra...

Page 788: ...server redundancy for failover purpose via web user interface 1 Click on Account Register 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Configure registration parameters of the selected account in the corresponding fields 4 Configure parameters of the SIP server 1 or SIP server 2 in the corresponding fields You must set the port of SIP server to 0 for NAPTR SRV and A queries 5 ...

Page 789: ...IP phone performs NAPTR query for the NAPTR pointer and transport protocol UDP TCP and TLS the SRV query on the record returned from the NAPTR for the target domain name and the port number and the A query for the IP addresses If an explicit port except 0 is specified A query will be performed only If a server port is set to 0 and the transport type is set to DNS NAPTR NAPTR and SRV queries will b...

Page 790: ... first record because its order of 90 is lower than 100 The pref parameter is unimportant as there is no other record with order 90 The flag s indicates performing the SRV query next TCP will be used targeted to a host determined by an SRV query of _sip _tcp yealink pbx com If the flag of the NAPTR record returned is empty the IP phone will perform NAPTR query again according to the previous NAPTR...

Page 791: ...address of each target host name Example of A records Server1 yealink pbx com IN A 192 168 1 13 Server2 yealink pbx com IN A 192 168 1 14 The IP phone picks the IP address 192 168 1 14 first Procedure SIP Server Domain Name Resolution can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the transport method on the IP phone Parameters account X sip...

Page 792: ... used X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Register SIP Server Y Transport Phone User Interface None account X naptr_build 0...

Page 793: ... for the domain name or the returned record cannot be contacted the values in the static DNS cache if configured are used when their configured time intervals are not elapsed If the configured time interval is elapsed the IP phone will attempt to perform a DNS query again If the DNS query returns a result the IP phone will use the returned record from the DNS server and ignore the statically confi...

Page 794: ...e dns_cache_naptr X service dns_cache_naptr X ttl dns_cache_srv X name dns_cache_srv X port dns_cache_srv X priority dns_cache_srv X target dns_cache_srv X weight dns_cache_srv X ttl dns_cache_a X name dns_cache_a X ip dns_cache_a X ttl MAC cfg Configure the IP phone whether to cache the additional DNS records Parameter account X dns_cache_type Configure the IP phone whether to use static DNS cach...

Page 795: ...ent field S Do an SRV lookup next A Do an A lookup next U No need to do a DNS query next P Service custom by the user Example dns_cache_naptr 1 flags S Note For more details of the permitted flags refer to RFC 2915 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_naptr X order X ranges from 1 to 12 Integer from 0 to 65535 0 Description Configures the order of NAPTR record X NAPTR record...

Page 796: ...aptr 1 preference 50 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_naptr X replace X ranges from 1 to 12 Domain name with SRV prefix Blank Description Configures a domain name to be used for the next SRV query in NAPTR record X Example dns_cache_naptr 1 replace _sip _tcp yealink pbx com Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_naptr X service X ranges from 1 to 12 ...

Page 797: ...t NAPTR record X may be cached before the record should be consulted again Example dns_cache_naptr 1 ttl 3600 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_srv X name X ranges from 1 to 12 Domain name with SRV prefix Blank Description Configures the domain name in SRV record X Example dns_cache_srv 1 name _sip _tcp yealink pbx com Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns...

Page 798: ...ferred than that with the priority value 1 because 0 is lower than 1 Note For more information refer to RFC 2782 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_srv X target X ranges from 1 to 12 Domain name Blank Description Configures the domain name of the target host for an A query in SRV record X Example dns_cache_srv 1 target server1 yealink pbx com Note For more information refe...

Page 799: ...time interval in seconds that SRV record X may be cached before the record should be consulted again Example dns_cache_srv 1 ttl 3600 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_a X name X ranges from 1 to 12 Domain name Blank Description Configures the domain name in A record X Example dns_cache_a 1 name yealink pbx com Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None dns_cache_a...

Page 800: ...account X dns_cache_type 0 1 or 2 1 Description Configures whether the IP phone uses the DNS cache for domain name resolution of the server and caches the additional DNS records for account X 0 Perform real time DNS query rather than using DNS cache 1 Use DNS cache but do not cache the additional DNS records 2 Use DNS cache and cache the additional DNS records X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T4...

Page 801: ... 1 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Real Time Transport Protocol RTP Ports The Real time Transport Protocol RTP is a network protocol for delivering audio over IP networks The phone is compatible with RFC 1889 RTP A Transport Protocol for Real Time Applications and the updated RFC 3550 It treats all RTP streams as bi directional from a control perspective and expects that both RTP...

Page 802: ...nteger from 1 to 65535 11780 Description Configures the minimum local RTP port Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Network Advanced Local RTP Port Min RTP Port 1 65535 Phone User Interface None static network port max_rtpport Integer from 1 to 65535 12780 Description Configures the maximum local RTP port Note The value of the...

Page 803: ...hat encompasses secure auto configuration of a CPE Customer Premises Equipment and incorporates other CPE management functions into a common framework TR 069 uses common transport mechanisms HTTP and HTTPS for communication between CPE and ACS Auto Configuration Servers The HTTP S messages contain XML RPC methods defined in the standard for configuration and management of the CPE TR 069 is intende...

Page 804: ...thod is used to cause the CPE to download a specified file from the designated location File types supported by IP phones are Firmware Image Configuration File Upload This method is used to cause the CPE to upload a specified file to the designated location File types supported by IP phones are Configuration File Log File ScheduleInform This method is used to request the CPE to schedule a one time...

Page 805: ...managementserver periodic_inform_enable static managementserver periodic_inform_interval Web User Interface Configure TR 069 feature Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p settings tr069 q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default static managementserver enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the TR 069 feature 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface ...

Page 806: ...P phone to authenticate with the ACS Auto Configuration Servers Leave it blank if no authentication is required Example static managementserver password tr69 Web User Interface Settings TR069 ACS Password Phone User Interface None static managementserver url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the ACS Auto Configuration Servers Example static managementserver u...

Page 807: ...cription Configures the password for the IP phone to authenticate the incoming connection requests of the ACS Auto Configuration Servers Example static managementserver connection_request_password acspwd Web User Interface Settings TR069 Connection Request Password Phone User Interface None static managementserver periodic_inform_enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to peri...

Page 808: ...terval seconds Phone User Interface None To configure TR 069 via web user interface 1 Click on Settings TR069 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Enable TR069 3 Enter the user name and password authenticated by the ACS in the ACS Username and ACS Password fields 4 Enter the URL of the ACS in the ACS URL field 5 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Enable Periodic Inform 6 En...

Page 809: ... using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Assign an XML browser key Parameters linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X value programablekey X value expansion_module X key Y value linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label linekey X shortlabel Web User Interface Assign an XML browser key Nav...

Page 810: ...2S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 9 13 14 for SIP T19 P E2 X 1 6 9 13 for CP860 CP920 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be con...

Page 811: ...lue is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Account Down When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 12 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP ...

Page 812: ...the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up Whe...

Page 813: ...For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S IP phones When Y 1 60 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When Y 1 to 40 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When Y 1 21 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 to 20 22 to 40 the default value is 0 NA Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Programable Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Type ...

Page 814: ...nges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Example linekey 2 value http 10 2 1 158 TextMenu xml Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Programable Key Value Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Value linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label String within 99 characters Blank ...

Page 815: ... X shortlabel X ranges from 1 to 21 String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the short label displayed on the LCD screen for line key Note It is only applicable to SIP T52S IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Short Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Short Label To configure an XML Browser key via web user interface 1 Click on Dsskey Line Key or...

Page 816: ...ommon telephony tasks that may need more than one key press with the default configuration Removing certain default DSS keys or soft keys for functions that may be redundant or never used The rules for configuring EDK for DSS keys and soft keys are different Before using EDK you are advised to become familiar with the macro language For more information refer to Understanding Macro Action Strings ...

Page 817: ...nes dialing 4411 waitconnect connected and lasts 10 seconds T type The embedded action type Multiple actions can be defined Supported action types include invite dtmf refer Example 338 Tdtmf defines sending the 338 by the type of dtmf Note We recommend that you always define this field If it is not defined the supplied digits are dialed using INVITE M macro The embedded macro The macro string must...

Page 818: ...n S custom_macro means pressing the IVR1 soft key Note To view the softkey ID you can configure the value of the parameter edk id_mode enable to 1 Enabled and then long press the Volume Up key when the phone is idle K key name The functionality of performing this action is the same as that of pressing the desired hard key Supported key names include LineKeyX for SIP T48G S X 1 29 for SIP T54S T46G...

Page 819: ... IP phones Example KDialPadPound means pressing the pound key Note If a key e g Redial key is not found but the function is available perform the corresponding action If a key is not found and the function is unavailable the execution of the action string will be ignored I menu item ID The action to be performed for positioning and entering the desired menu item Each menu item has a unique identif...

Page 820: ...P EDK prompt X N characters number allowed This is a macro substitution string EDK prompt X means which EDK prompt is invoked It indicates the X defined by edk edkprompt X enable characters number allowed defines the maximum number of input characters The user needs to press the Enter soft key to complete data entry Example P2N5 means invoking the EDK prompt 2 and the maximum number of input chara...

Page 821: ...s an infinite loop for BLF BLF list key LED status illuminates solid green for 1000ms goes out for 100ms and then illuminates solid red for 300ms At the same time the label of the BLF BLF list key is changed to idle Note The last color can be configured without time and it means permanently displaying the last color until triggered by other macros This macro can be only used for BLF BLF list featu...

Page 822: ...Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure enhanced DSS keys Parameter features enhanced_dss_keys enable Configure whether to display the softkey id or menu item id by long pressing the Volume Up key Parameter edk id_mode enable Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features enhanced_dss_keys enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the Enhanced DSS Key...

Page 823: ...e value of the parameter features enhanced_dss_keys enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Configuring EDK List Using the Enhanced DSS Keys EDK List parameters to define a macro is useful when defining more than one soft key or DSS key Procedure EDK list can be configured using the configuration files Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg C...

Page 824: ...eter must have a value it cannot be left blank Example edk edklist 2 mname macro2 Note If there are two or more same macros the soft key or DSS key will invoke the macro with a smallest value of X It works only if the value of the parameter features enhanced_dss_keys enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None edk edklist X action X ranges from 1 to 255 String Blan...

Page 825: ...edkprompt X enable edk edkprompt X label edk edkprompt X type edk edkprompt X userfeedback Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default edk edkprompt X enable X ranges from 1 to 10 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables Enhanced DSS Keys EDK prompt X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note If a macro attempts to use an EDK prompt that is disabled the macro execution will be ignored ...

Page 826: ...of characters entered by the user for Enhanced DSS Keys EDK prompt X If it is set to numeric the default input method is 123 and you can switch to abc ABC 2aB input method If it is set to text the default input method is abc you can switch to ABC 2aB 123 input method Example edk edkprompt 1 type numeric Note It works only if the values of the parameters features enhanced_dss_keys enable and edk ed...

Page 827: ...ll state For example you can make a DPickup soft key available when the phone is in an active call state Custom soft keys can be added in the following call states Idle There are no active calls on the phone Alerting or ringing There is an incoming call on the phone Connecting There is an outgoing call on the phone And the call is connecting Transfer connecting There is a call being transferred to...

Page 828: ...oftkey X action softkey X softkey_id softkey X use idle softkey X use incoming_call softkey X use connecting softkey X use transfer_connecting softkey X use on_talk softkey X use call_failed softkey X use ring_back softkey X use transfer_ring_back softkey X use hold softkey X use held softkey X use conferenced softkey X use dialtone softkey X use dialing Details of Configuration Parameters Paramet...

Page 829: ...from 0 to 10 0 Description Configures the position on the LCD screen for soft key X If it is set to 0 the soft key X is positioned in the first empty position from the left If it is set to a value that is greater than the number of the soft keys a More soft key appears and the soft key X is positioned in the desired position from the left The original soft key moves to the next space and so forth ...

Page 830: ...te It works only if the values of the parameters features enhanced_dss_keys enable and softkey X enable are set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None softkey X softkey_id X ranges from 1 to 10 String Blank Description Configures the softkey id for custom softkey X Example softkey 1 softkey_id custom_macro1 Note It works only if the values of the parameters features enhance...

Page 831: ...or disables the custom soft key X to be displayed in the alerting ringing state 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the values of the parameters features enhanced_dss_keys enable and softkey X enable are set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None softkey X use connecting X ranges from 1 to 10 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the custom soft key X to be displa...

Page 832: ...er Interface None softkey X use on_talk X ranges from 1 to 10 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the custom soft key X to be displayed in the talk state 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the values of the parameters features enhanced_dss_keys enable and softkey X enable are set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None softkey X use call_failed X ranges from 1 t...

Page 833: ...er Interface None softkey X use transfer_ring_back X ranges from 1 to 10 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the custom soft key X to be displayed in the transfer ring back state 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the values of the parameters features enhanced_dss_keys enable and softkey X enable are set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None softkey X use hold...

Page 834: ...ers features enhanced_dss_keys enable and softkey X enable are set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None softkey X use conferenced X ranges from 1 to 10 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the custom soft key X to be displayed in the conference state 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the values of the parameters features enhanced_dss_keys enable and softkey X...

Page 835: ... Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the values of the parameters features enhanced_dss_keys enable and softkey X enable are set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None Configuring a Custom Key As with EDK soft keys you can assign functions to DSS keys using macros Before assigning functions you have to configure a custom key in advance Procedure Custom key can be confi...

Page 836: ...linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type 73 Refer to the following content Description Configures a DSS key as a Custom Key on the IP phone The digit 73 stands for the key type Custom Key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S ...

Page 837: ...of the line key 13 21 is 0 For SIP T42G S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default value of the line key 13 15 is 0 For SIP T41P S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 15 is 0 For SIP T27P G IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and the default value of the line key 7 21 is 0 For SIP T40P T40G T2...

Page 838: ...own When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 ...

Page 839: ...X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 0 NA When X 8 the default value is 0 NA When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For CP860 CP920 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default val...

Page 840: ... This value uses the same macro action string syntax as an Enhanced DSS Key You can also invoke the EDK macro The macro name follows the character For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges...

Page 841: ...tion Optional Configures the label displayed on the LCD screen for each DSS key For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X ranges from 1 ...

Page 842: ...rt Label To configure a Custom Key via web user interface 1 Click on Dsskey Line Key or Programable Key 2 In the desired DSS key field select Custom Key from the pull down list of Type 3 Enter the desired macro in the Value field 4 Optional Enter the string that will appear on the LCD screen in the Label field 5 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure a Custom Key via phone user interface ...

Page 843: ... by DSS keys or soft keys Once triggered the action string 1013 Tinvite Cwc Cp10 Penter number C4 N Tdtmf Cp3 Chu will be executed 2 Configure a Custom Key via web user interface If you want to invoke a macro action string using a Custom Key a macro name you enter in the Value field must match the name you configure in the configuration file And the macro name you enter in Value field must begin w...

Page 844: ...the LCD screen 2 Enter a number for up to 4 digits For example 1234 Press the OK soft key to continue 3 The IP phone places a call to 1013 using the default account and then waits for connection 4 After connection there is a 10 second pause and then the entered number 1234 is using DTMF dialing on the active call 5 After sending DTMF digits there is a 3 second pause and then the active call is aut...

Page 845: ... Audio Codecs Acoustic Clarity Technology DTMF Voice Quality Monitoring VQM Redial Tone Redial tone allows IP phones to continue to play the dial tone after inputting the preset numbers on the dialing screen Procedure Redial tone can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure redial tone feature Parameter features redial_tone Web U...

Page 846: ...e dialing screen If it is left blank the IP phone will not play the dial tone after inputting numbers on the dialing screen Web User Interface Features Audio Redial Tone Phone User Interface None To configure redial tone via web user interface 1 Click on Features Audio 2 Enter the desired value in the Redial Tone field 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Ring Tones Ring tones are used to indicate...

Page 847: ...the phone Note Procedure Ring tones can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure a ring tone for the IP phone Parameter phone_setting ring_type Specify the access URL of the custom ring tone Parameter ringtone url Delete all custom ring tone files Parameter ringtone delete MAC cfg Configure a ring tone for the SIP account Paramet...

Page 848: ...s Default phone_setting ring_type Refer to the following content Ring1 wav Description Configures a ring tone for the IP phone Permitted Values Ring1 wav Ring2 wav Ring3 wav Ring4 wav Ring5 wav Ring6 wav Ring7 wav Ring8 wav Silent wav Splash wav or custom ring tone name e g Customring wav Example phone_setting ring_type Ring1 wav Web User Interface Settings Preference Ring Type Phone User Interfac...

Page 849: ...face Account Basic Ring Type Phone User Interface Menu Basic Sound Ring Tones Account X pstn account X ring_type X ranges from 1 to 2 Refer to the following content Common Description Configures a ring tone for PSTN account X Permitted Values Common Ring1 wav Ring2 wav Ring3 wav Ring4 wav Ring5 wav Ring6 wav Ring7 wav Ring8 wav Silent wav Splash wav or custom ring tone name e g Customring wav Exam...

Page 850: ... Phone User Interface None ringtone delete http localhost all Blank Description Delete all custom ring tone files Example ringtone delete http localhost all Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To upload a custom ring tone via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Preference 2 In the Upload Ringtone field click Browse to locate a ring tone file the file format must be wav from your l...

Page 851: ... desire account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired ring tone from the pull down list of Ring Type If Common is selected this account will use the ring tone selected for the phone 4 Click Confirm to accept the change To select a ring tone for the phone via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Basic Sound Ring Tones Common 2 Press or to select the desired ring tone 3 Press the Save...

Page 852: ... be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the Touch Tone feature Parameter features touch_tone Web User Interface Configure the Touch Tone feature Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features audio q load Phone User Interface Configure the Touch Tone feature Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values De...

Page 853: ...oming calls to trigger IP phones to play distinctive ring tones The IP phone inspects the INVITE request for an Alert Info header when receiving an incoming call If the INVITE request contains an Alert Info header the IP phone strips out the URL or keyword parameter and maps it to the appropriate ring tone Note Alert Info headers in the following four formats 1 Alert Info Bellcore drN 2 Alert Info...

Page 854: ... N 10 Ring1 wav Examples Alert Info http 127 0 0 1 Bellcore dr1 Alert Info test Bellcore dr1 Alert Info Bellcore dr1 Alert Info Bellcore dr1 x line id 1 Alert Info http 10 1 0 31 info Bellcore dr1 The following table identifies the different Bellcore ring tone patterns and cadences These ring tones are designed for the BroadWorks server Bellcore Tone Pattern ID Pattern Cade nce Minimum Duration ms...

Page 855: ... ringtone N or Alert Info MyMelodyN When the Alter Info header contains the keyword ringtone N or MyMolodyN the IP phone will play the corresponding local ring tone RingN wav or play the first local ring tone Ring1 wav in about 10 seconds if N is greater than 10 or less than 1 Examples Alert Info ringtone 2 Alert Info ringtone 2 x line id 1 Alert Info http 10 1 0 31 info ringtone 2 Alert Info http...

Page 856: ...l ring tone in about 10 seconds if the value of the parameter account X alert_info_url_enable is set to 0 or if the IP phone fails to download the remote ring tone Example Alert Info http 192 168 0 12 8080 Custom wav 4 Alert Info info info text x line id 0 When the Alert Info header contains an info text the IP phone will map the text with the Internal Ringer Text preconfigured or the value of the...

Page 857: ...al Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure distinctive ring tones Parameter account X alert_info_url_enable y0000000000x x cfg Configure the internal ringer text and internal ringer file Parameters features alert_info_tone distinctive_ring_tones alert_info X text distinctive_ring_tones alert_info X ringer Web User Interface Configure distinctive ring tones Navigate to http phoneIPAddress...

Page 858: ...om 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Advanced Distinctive Ring Tones Phone User Interface None features alert_info_tone 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to map the keywords in the Alert info header to the specified Bellcore ring tones 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Int...

Page 859: ...ring tones for each internal ringer text The value ranges from 1 to 10 the digit stands for the appropriate ring tone 1 Ring1 wav 2 Ring2 wav 3 Ring3 wav 4 Ring4 wav 5 Ring5 wav 6 Ring6 wav 7 Ring7 wav 8 Ring8 wav 9 Silent wav 10 Splash wav Web User Interface Settings Ring Internal Ringer File Phone User Interface None To configure distinctive ring tones via web user interface 1 Click on Account A...

Page 860: ... Click on Settings Ring 2 Enter the keywords in the Internal Ringer Text fields 3 Select the desired ring tones for each text from the pull down lists of Internal Ringer File 4 Click Confirm to accept the change Tones When receiving a message the IP phone will play a warning tone You can customize tones or select specialized tone sets vary from country to country to indicate different conditions o...

Page 861: ...Mexico New Zealand Netherlands Norway Portugal Spain Switzerland Sweden Russia United States Chile Czech ETSI Configured tones can be heard on IP phones for the following conditions Condition Description Dial When in the dialing interface Secondary Dial When adding a comma to the digit map For more information on digit map refer to Dial Plan using Digit Map String Rules ...

Page 862: ...ssage When receiving a text message For more information on text message refer to Short Message Service SMS Auto Answer When automatically answering a call For more information on auto answer refer to Auto Answer Procedure Tones can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the tones for the IP phone Parameters voice tone country ...

Page 863: ...ntry Custom Web User Interface Settings Tones Select Country Phone User Interface None voice tone dial String Blank Description Customizes the dial tone tonelist element element element Where element Freq1 Freq2 Freq3 Freq4 Duration Freq the frequency of the tone ranges from 200 to 4000Hz If it is set to 0Hz it means the tone is not played For SIP T40P T40G T27G T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 A tone ...

Page 864: ...on Customizes the secondary dial tone The value format is Freq Duration For more information on the value format refer to the parameter voice tone dial Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice tone country is set to Custom If you want to disable this warning tone set it to 0 Web User Interface Settings Tones Secondary Dial Phone User Interface None voice tone ring String Blank Descri...

Page 865: ...sted The value format is Freq Duration For more information on the value format refer to the parameter voice tone dial Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice tone country is set to Custom If you want to disable this warning tone set it to 0 Web User Interface Settings Tones Congestion Phone User Interface None voice tone callwaiting String Blank Description Customizes the call wait...

Page 866: ...ay the info tone with the special information for example the number you are calling is not in service The value format is Freq Duration For more information on the value format refer to the parameter voice tone dial Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice tone country is set to Custom If you want to disable this warning tone set it to 0 Web User Interface Settings Tones Info Phone ...

Page 867: ...s only applicable to CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Settings Tones Message Phone User Interface None voice tone autoanswer String Blank Description Customizes the warning tone for auto answer The value format is Freq Duration For more information on the value format refer to the parameter voice tone dial Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice tone country is set to Custom If yo...

Page 868: ... country for your IP phone For more information refer to Tones on page 834 Procedure Voice mail tone can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure whether to play a warning tone when the IP phone receives a new voice mail Parameter features voice_mail_tone_enable Web User Interface Configure whether to play a warning tone when the...

Page 869: ... it receives a new voice mail 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Features General Information Voice Mail Tone Phone User Interface None To configure voice mail tone via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Voice Mail Tone 3 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 870: ...k phone specific user guide Note Procedure Ringer device for headset can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the ringer device for the IP phone Parameter features ringer_device is_use_headset Web User Interface Configure the ringer device for the IP phone Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p fe atures audio q load Detai...

Page 871: ...alue of the parameter features headset_mode enable to 1 Enabled It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features Audio Ringer Device for Headset Phone User Interface None To configure ringer device for headset via web user interface 1 Click on Features Audio 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Ringer Device for Headset 3 Click Confirm to accept the change...

Page 872: ...ning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the speaker mode Parameter features speaker_mode enable Configure the handset mode Parameter features handset_mode enable Configure the headset mode Parameter features headset_mode enable Details of the Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features speaker_mode enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the phone s au...

Page 873: ...e Phone User Interface None Headset Prior Headset prior allows users to use headset preferentially if a headset is physically connected to the IP phone This feature is especially useful for permanent or full time headset users Note Procedure Headset prior can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure headset prior Parameter featur...

Page 874: ...0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the headset mode can be deactivated by pressing the Speakerphone key or the HEADSET key except off hook If it is set to 1 Enabled the headset mode will not be deactivated until the user presses the HEADSET key again Note It works only if the value of the parameter features headset_mode enable is set to 1 Enabled It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP...

Page 875: ...to a call the user with the headset connected to the headset jack has full duplex capabilities while the user with the headset connected to the handset jack is only able to listen Note Procedure Dual headset can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure dual headset Parameter features headset_training Web User Interface Configure ...

Page 876: ...h the headset connected to the headset jack have a full duplex conversation while the users with the headset connected to the handset jack are only allowed to listen to Note It works only if the value of the parameter features headset_mode enable is set to 1 Enabled It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Features General Information Dual Headset Phone User Interface None ...

Page 877: ...set_send Configure the sending volume of the headset Parameter voice headset_send Web User Interface Configure the sending volume of the speaker handset headset Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p f eatures audio q load Details of the Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default voice handfree_send Integer from 50 to 50 0 Description Configures the sending volume of the speak...

Page 878: ...nterface Features Audio Handset Send Volume 50 50 Phone User Interface None voice headset_send Integer from 50 to 50 0 Description Configures the sending volume of the headset Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones We recommend that you modify this parameter cautiously An unreasonable value may render the voice quality bad If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make t...

Page 879: ...P phones Procedure Ringer volume can be configured using the following method Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure the ringer volume forcedly Parameter force voice ring_vol Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameters Permitted Values Default force voice ring_vol Integer from 0 to 15 Blank Description Configures the ringer volume forcedly If it is set from 0 to ...

Page 880: ...server and then use the audio codec negotiated with the called party according to the priority Supported Audio Codecs The following table lists the audio codecs supported by each phone model Phone Model Supported Audio Codecs Default Audio Codecs SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T2 9G CP860 G722 PCMA PCMU G729 G726 16 G726 24 G726 32 G726 40 iLBC G723_53 G723_63 G722 PCMA PCMU G729 SIP T54S T52S T48S T46S ...

Page 881: ...PCMA G 711 a law RFC 3551 64 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms PCMU G 711 u law RFC 3551 64 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms G729 G 729 RFC 3551 8 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms G726 16 G 726 RFC 3551 16 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms G726 24 G 726 RFC 3551 24 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms G726 32 G 726 RFC 3551 32 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms G726 40 G 726 RFC 3551 40 Kbps 8 Ksps 20ms G723_53 G723_63 G 723 1 RFC 3551 5 3 Kbps 6 3 Kbps 8 Ksps 30ms iLBC iLBC RFC 3952 15 2 Kbps 8 Ksp...

Page 882: ...Configuration Files Web User Interface 4 18 G723_53 not applicable to SIP T40P T40G T27P T23P T 23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 Configuration Files Web User Interface 0 4 G723_63 not applicable to SIP T40P T40G T27P T23P T 23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 Configuration Files Web User Interface 0 4 G726 16 Configuration Files Web User Interface 0 103 G726 24 Configuration Files Web User Interface 0 104 G726 32 Configur...

Page 883: ...er of different IP phone modules The configuration parameters are different for the new configuration behavior and the older one Note New Configuration Behavior Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the codecs to use on a per line basis Parameter account X codec payload_type enable Configure the priori...

Page 884: ...ed audio codec for account X 0 Disabled 1 Enabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Valid Audio Codec For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T29G CP860 G722 PC...

Page 885: ...s G726 24 the default value is 0 When audio codec is G726 32 the default value is 0 When audio codec is G726 40 the default value is 0 When audio codec is iLBC the default value is 0 When audio codec is G723_53 the default value is 0 When audio codec is G723_63 the default value is 0 When audio codec is opus the default value is 0 Example account 1 codec g722_1c_48kpbs enable 1 account 1 codec g72...

Page 886: ... X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Valid Audio Codec For SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T29G CP860 G722 PCMA PCMU G729 G726 16 G726 24 G726 32 G726 40 iLBC G723_53 G723_63 For SIP T54S T52S T48S T46S T42S T41S T27G G722 PCMA PCMU G729 G726 16 G726 24 G726 32 G...

Page 887: ...c is G 722_1c_24 the default value is 3 When audio codec is G 722_1_24 the default value is 4 When audio codec is G722 the default value is 5 When audio codec is PCMU the default value is 6 When audio codec is PCMA the default value is 7 When audio codec is G729 the default value is 8 When audio codec is G726_16 the default value is 0 When audio codec is G726_24 the default value is 0 When audio c...

Page 888: ...xample otherwise the corresponding configuration will not take effect Web User Interface Account Codec Audio Codec Phone User Interface None account X codec payload_type rtpmap where payload_type should be replaced by the name of audio codec Integer from 0 to 127 Refer to the following content Description Configures the rtpmap of the audio codec for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48...

Page 889: ...s opus the default value is 107 Example ccount 1 codec g722_1c_48kpbs rtpmap 121 account 1 codec g722_1c_32kpbs rtpmap 122 account 1 codec g722_1c_24kpbs rtpmap 123 account 1 codec g722_1_24kpbs rtpmap 124 account 1 codec g726_16 rtpmap 103 account 1 codec g726_24 rtpmap 104 account 1 codec g726_32 rtpmap 102 account 1 codec g726_40 rtpmap 105 account 1 codec ilbc rtpmap 108 account 1 codec opus r...

Page 890: ...e is opus fb Note It is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48S T46S T42S T41S T27G CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Account Codec Opus Sample Rate Phone User Interface None To configure the codecs to use and adjust the priority of the enabled codecs via web user interface 1 Click on Account Codec 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Select the desired codec from the D...

Page 891: ...codec and then click or 7 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the opus sample rate via web user interface take SIP T54S IP phones for example 1 Click on Account Codec 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Opus Sample Rate 3 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 892: ...ser Interface Configure the codecs to use on a per line basis Configure the priority for the enabled codec Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p account codec q load acc 0 Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default account X codec Y enable X ranges from 1 to 16 Y ranges from 1 to 12 0 or 1 Refer to the following content Description Enables or disables the specified...

Page 893: ... is 0 When Y 5 the default value is 1 When Y 6 the default value is 1 When Y 7 the default value is 0 When Y 8 the default value is 0 When Y 9 the default value is 0 When Y 10 the default value is 0 When Y 11 the default value is 0 For SIP T54S T52S T48S T46S T42S T41S When Y 1 the default value is 1 When Y 2 the default value is 1 When Y 3 the default value is 0 When Y 4 the default value is 0 Wh...

Page 894: ...ult value is 1 When Y 3 the default value is 1 When Y 4 the default value is 1 When Y 5 the default value is 0 When Y 6 the default value is 0 When Y 7 the default value is 0 When Y 8 the default value is 0 When Y 9 the default value is 0 When Y 10 the default value is 0 For SIP T27P When Y 1 the default value is 1 When Y 2 the default value is 1 When Y 3 the default value is 1 When Y 4 the defaul...

Page 895: ...or SIP T19 P E2 CP860 Y ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T54S T52S T48S T46S T42S T41S T27G Y ranges from 1 to 11 for SIP T48G T46G T42G T41P T29G CP860 Y ranges from 1 to 10 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 Y ranges from 1 to 9 for SIP T27P Permitted Values G722 PCMU PCMA G729 G726 16 G726 24 G726 32 G726 40 iLBC G723_53 G723_63 opus For SIP T54S T52S T48S T46S T42S T41S When Y 1 the defa...

Page 896: ... is G726 40 For SIP T27G When Y 1 the default value is PCMU When Y 2 the default value is PCMA When Y 3 the default value is G729 When Y 4 the default value is G722 When Y 5 the default value is iLBC When Y 6 the default value is G726 16 When Y 7 the default value is G726 24 When Y 8 the default value is G726 32 When Y 9 the default value is G726 40 When Y 10 the default value is opus When Y 11 th...

Page 897: ...User Interface Account Codec Audio Codec Phone User Interface None account X codec Y priority X ranges from 1 to 16 Y ranges from 1 to 12 Integer from 0 to 12 Refer to the following content Description Configures the priority of the enabled audio codec for account X X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP...

Page 898: ... SIP T27G When Y 1 the default value is 2 When Y 2 the default value is 3 When Y 3 the default value is 4 When Y 4 the default value is 1 When Y 5 the default value is 0 When Y 6 the default value is 0 When Y 7 the default value is 0 When Y 8 the default value is 0 When Y 9 the default value is 0 When Y 10 the default value is 0 When Y 11 the default value is 0 When Y 12 the default value is 0 For...

Page 899: ...default value is 2 When Y 2 the default value is 3 When Y 3 the default value is 4 When Y 4 the default value is 1 When Y 5 the default value is 0 When Y 6 the default value is 0 When Y 7 the default value is 0 When Y 8 the default value is 0 When Y 9 the default value is 0 Example account 1 codec 1 priority 2 Note The priority of codec in disable codec list is not specified and numerical value 1 ...

Page 900: ... from 1 to 10 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 Y ranges from 1 to 9 for SIP T27P For SIP T54S T52S T48S T46S T42S T41S When Y 1 the default value is 0 When Y 2 the default value is 8 When Y 3 the default value is 4 When Y 4 the default value is 4 When Y 5 the default value is 18 When Y 6 the default value is 9 When Y 7 the default value is 106 When Y 8 the default value is 103 When Y ...

Page 901: ... default value is 104 When Y 10 the default value is 102 When Y 11 the default value is 105 For SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 When Y 1 the default value is 0 When Y 2 the default value is 8 When Y 3 the default value is 18 When Y 4 the default value is 9 When Y 5 the default value is 106 When Y 6 the default value is 103 When Y 7 the default value is 104 When Y 8 the default value is 1...

Page 902: ...r interface for old configuration behavior is the same as the newer one For more information refer to the introduction in the section New Configuration Behavior Packetization Time PTime Ptime is a measurement of the duration in milliseconds of the audio data in each RTP packet sent to the destination and defines how much network bandwidth is used for the RTP stream transfer Before establishing a c...

Page 903: ...ms PCMU 10ms 40ms G729 10ms 80ms G726 16 10ms 30ms G726 24 10ms 30ms G726 32 10ms 30ms 40ms for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 G726 40 10ms 30ms G723_53 G723_63 30ms 60ms iLBC 20ms 30ms opus 10ms 20ms Procedure PTime can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the ptime Parameter account X ptime Web User Interface Configure the...

Page 904: ...ime negotiation is disabled X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Example account 1 ptime 20 Web User Interface Account Advanced PTime ms Phone User Int...

Page 905: ...y preventing echo from traveling across a network IP phones employ advanced AEC for hands free operation AEC is not normally required for calls via the handset In certain situation where echo is experienced by the remote party AEC may be used to reduce avoid echo when the user uses the handset Note Procedure AEC can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File ...

Page 906: ...or disables the AEC Acoustic Echo Canceller feature on the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Echo Cancellation ECHO Phone User Interface None To configure AEC via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of ECHO 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Background Noise Suppression BNS Background noise suppression BNS ...

Page 907: ...is occurring It can facilitate speech processing and deactivate some processes during non speech section of an audio session VAD can avoid unnecessary coding or transmission of silence packets in VoIP applications saving on computation and network bandwidth Procedure VAD can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure VAD Parameter ...

Page 908: ...ity resumes The insertion of artificial noise gives the illusion of a constant transmission stream so that background sound is consistent throughout the call and the listener does not think the line has released The purpose of VAD and CNG is to maintain an acceptable perceived QoS while simultaneously keeping transmission costs and bandwidth usage as low as possible Note For example A is talking w...

Page 909: ...ss servlet p settings voice q load Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default voice cng 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the CNG Comfortable Noise Generation feature on the IP phone 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Echo Cancellation CNG Phone User Interface None To configure CNG via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice 2 Select t...

Page 910: ... You can configure the delay time for the static jitter buffer on IP phones An adaptive jitter buffer is capable of adapting the changes in the network s delay The range of the delay time for the dynamic jitter buffer added to packets can be also configured on IP phones Procedure Jitter buffer can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cf g ...

Page 911: ...twork Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice jib adaptive is set to 1 Adaptive Web User Interface Settings Voice JITTER BUFFER Min Delay Phone User Interface None voice jib max Integer from 0 to 400 240 Description Configures the maximum delay time in milliseconds of jitter buffer in the wired network Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice jib adaptive is set to 1 A...

Page 912: ... Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None voice jib wifi min Integer from 0 to 500 60 Description Configures the minimum delay time in milliseconds of jitter buffer in the wireless network Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice jib wifi adaptive is set to 1 Adaptive The value of the minimum delay time should be less than or equal to that of the normal delay time configured...

Page 913: ...Fixed The value of the normal delay time should be less than or equal to that of the maximum delay time configured by the parameter voice jib wifi max It is only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42S T41S T29G T27G CP920 IP phones Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To configure Jitter Buffer in the wired network via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice 2 Mark ...

Page 914: ...emote participants can be very distracting You can enable the Noise Suppression feature to suppress these noises It is only applicable to CP920 IP phones Procedure Noise Suppression can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure Noise Suppression Parameter voice tns enable Web User Interface Configure the Noise Suppression Navigate...

Page 915: ...ser interface 1 Click on Settings Voice 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Noise Suppression 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Smart Noise Block You can use the Smart Noise Block feature to block out the noises when there is no speech in a call It is only applicable to CP920 IP phones Procedure Smart Noise Block can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioni...

Page 916: ... the IP phones 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter voice tns enable is set to 1 Enabled It is only applicable to CP920 IP phones Web User Interface Settings Voice Noise Proof Smart Noise Block Phone User Interface None To configure Smart Noise Block via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Smart Noise B...

Page 917: ...by RTP Events compliant to RFC 2833 INBAND DTMF digits are transmitted in the voice band SIP INFO DTMF digits are transmitted by SIP INFO messages The method of transmitting DTMF digits is configurable on a per line basis RFC 2833 DTMF digits are transmitted using the RTP Event packets that are sent along with the voice path These packets use RFC 2833 format and must have a payload type that match...

Page 918: ...ral Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure the method of transmitting DTMF digit and the payload type Parameters account X dtmf type account X dtmf dtmf_payload account X dtmf info_type y0000000000xx c fg Configure the number of times for the IP phone to send the end RTP Event packet Parameter features dtmf repetition Specify how long the phone should play each DTMF tone for Parameter f...

Page 919: ... RTP Events compliant to RFC 2833 If it is set to 2 SIP INFO DTMF digits are transmitted by the SIP INFO messages If it is set to 3 RFC2833 SIP INFO DTMF digits are transmitted by RTP Events compliant to RFC 2833 and the SIP INFO messages X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X range...

Page 920: ...ayload Type 96 127 Phone User Interface None account X dtmf info_type 1 2 or 3 1 Description Configures the DTMF info type 1 DTMF Relay 2 DTMF 3 Telephone Event X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E...

Page 921: ...This may cause the loss of one or more DTMF digits For example 2662 may be identified as 262 If so you can modify the value of this parameter to a little lower than the default value If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None features dtmf volume Integer from 33 to 0 10 Description Configures the frequency ...

Page 922: ...ll down list of Account 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of DTMF Type If SIP INFO or RFC2833 SIP INFO is selected select the desired value from the pull down list of DTMF Info Type 4 Enter the desired value in the DTMF Payload Type 96 127 field 5 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the number of times to send the end RTP Event packet via web user interface 1 Click on ...

Page 923: ...onfigure suppress DTMF display and suppress DTMF display delay Parameters features dtmf hide features dtmf hide_delay Web User Interface Configure suppress DTMF display and suppress DTMF display delay Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p f eatures general q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default features dtmf hide 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables ...

Page 924: ...terface Features General Information Suppress DTMF Display Delay Phone User Interface None To configure suppress DTMF display and suppress DTMF display delay via web user interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Suppress DTMF Display 3 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Suppress DTMF Display Delay 4 Click Confirm to ac...

Page 925: ...equences for transfer function when pressing the Trans Transfer soft key or TRAN TRANSFER key 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will perform the transfer as normal when pressing the Trans Transfer soft key or TRAN TRANSFER key during a call If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will transmit the designated DTMF digits to the server for performing call transfer when pres...

Page 926: ...interface 1 Click on Features General Information 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of DTMF Replace Tran 3 Enter the specified DTMF digits in the Tran Send DTMF field 4 Click Confirm to accept the change DTMF Send Event Flash Generally the IP phones support 16 encoded DTMF signals 0 to 15 represented by the ten digits the letters A to D and the symbols and DTMF send event flash fe...

Page 927: ...dure Configuration changes can be performed using the configuration files Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure DTMF send event flash feature Parameter features dtmf dtmf_flash Details of Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default features dtmf dtmf_flash 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to send Event Flash by transforming the lett...

Page 928: ... If this feature is enabled you can hear the DTMF tone when pressing the IP phone s keypad during a call Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure play local DTMF tone Parameter features play_local_dtmf_tone_enable Web User Interface Configure play local DTMF tone Navigate to http phoneIPAddress ...

Page 929: ...he pull down list of Play Local DTMF Tone 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Voice Quality Monitoring VQM Voice quality monitoring feature allows the IP phones to generate various quality metrics for listening quality and conversational quality These metrics can be sent between the phones in RTCP XR packets These metrics can also be sent in SIP PUBLISH messages to a central voice quality report ...

Page 930: ...nfiguration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure RTCP XR Parameter voice rtcp_xr enable Web User Interface Configure RTCP XR Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p set tings voicemonitoring q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Default voice rtcp_xr enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to send RTCP XR packets 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note If you ...

Page 931: ...mance metrics are generated in the following three ways Based on current values such as jitter jitter buffer max and round trip delay Covers the time period from the beginning of the call until the report is sent such as network packet loss Computed using other metrics as input such as listening Mean Opinion Score MOS LQ and conversational Mean Opinion Score MOS CQ To operate with central report c...

Page 932: ...nterval_period Configure the generation of alert packets Parameters phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_moslq_threshold_warning phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_moslq_threshold_critical phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_delay_threshold_warning phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_delay_threshold_critical Configure the phone to display RTP status showing the voice quality report of the last call on the web user interface Parameter phone_sett...

Page 933: ...ting vq_rtcpxr_display_symm_oneway_del ay enable phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_round_trip_delay e nable phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_moslq enable phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_moscq enable MAC cfg Configure the central report collector Parameters account X vq_rtcpxr collector_name account X vq_rtcpxr collector_server_host account X vq_rtcpxr collector_server_port Web User Interface Configur...

Page 934: ...one to send a session quality report to the central report collector at the end of each call 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring VQ RTCP XR Session Report Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr interval_report enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to send an interval quality report to the central report collector periodically througho...

Page 935: ...warning 15 to 40 Blank Description Configures the threshold value of listening MOS score MOS LQ multiplied by 10 The threshold value of MOS LQ causes the phone to send a warning alert quality report to the central report collector For example a configured value of 35 corresponds to the MOS score 3 5 When the MOS LQ value computed by the phone is less than or equal to 3 5 the phone will send a warn...

Page 936: ...tings Voice Monitoring Critical threshold for Moslq Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_delay_threshold_warning 10 to 2000 Blank Description Configures the threshold value of one way delay in milliseconds that causes the phone to send a warning alert quality report to the central report collector For example If it is set to 500 when the value of one way delay computed by the phone is...

Page 937: ...ical threshold for Delay Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr states_show_on_web enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the voice quality data of the last call to be displayed on web interface at path Status RTP Status 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring Display Report options on Web Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr states_show_o...

Page 938: ...op_time enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the phone to display Current Time or Stop Time on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting vq_rtcpxr states_show_on_gui enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring Report options on phone Current Time Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display...

Page 939: ... options on phone Remote User Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_local_codec enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the phone to display Local Codec on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting vq_rtcpxr states_show_on_gui enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring Report options o...

Page 940: ...d 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting vq_rtcpxr states_show_on_gui enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring Report options on phone Jitter Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_jitter_buffer_max enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the phone to display Jitter Buffer Max on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1...

Page 941: ...phone to display SymmOneWayDelay on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting vq_rtcpxr states_show_on_gui enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring Report options on phone SymmOneWayDelay Phone User Interface None phone_setting vq_rtcpxr_display_round_trip_delay enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables t...

Page 942: ...n Enables or disables the phone to display MOS CQ on the LCD screen 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note It works only if the value of the parameter phone_setting vq_rtcpxr states_show_on_gui enable is set to 1 Enabled Web User Interface Settings Voice Monitoring Report options on phone MOS CQ Phone User Interface None account X vq_rtcpxr collector_name String within 32 characters Blank Description Configure...

Page 943: ...from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Advanced VQ RTCP XR Collector Address Phone User Interface None account X vq_rtcpxr collector_server_port Integer from 1 to 65535 5060 Description Configures the port of the central report collector that accepts voice quality reports contained in SIP...

Page 944: ...interface 1 Click on Settings Voice Monitoring 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of VQ RTCP XR Session Report 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure interval report for VQ RTCPXR via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice Monitoring 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of VQ RTCP XR Interval Report 3 Enter the desired value in the Period for Interval...

Page 945: ...ed value in the Critical threshold for Moslq field 4 Enter the desired value in the Warning threshold for Delay field 5 Enter the desired value in the Critical threshold for Delay field 6 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure RTP status displayed on the web page via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice Monitoring 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Display Repor...

Page 946: ...Settings Voice Monitoring 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Display Report options on phone 3 Click Confirm to accept the change The RTP status will appear on the phone user interface at the path Menu Status More To configure the options of the RTP status displayed on the LCD screen via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Voice Monitoring 2 In the Report options on phone blo...

Page 947: ...he desired item and then click or The LCD screen will display the item s in the adjusted order 6 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure the central report collector via web user interface 1 Click on Account Advanced 2 Select the desired account from the pull down list of Account 3 Enter the host name of the central report collector in the VQ RTCP XR Collector Name field 4 Enter the IP add...

Page 948: ...ator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 922 5 Enter the port of the central report collector in the VQ RTCP XR Collector Port field 6 Click Confirm to accept the change ...

Page 949: ... is user and the default administrator password is admin For security reasons the user or administrator should change the default user or administrator password as soon as possible A user or an administrator can change the user password The administrator password can only be changed by an administrator Advanced menu options are strictly used by administrators Users can configure them only if they ...

Page 950: ...current user name is user to password 123 static security user_password admin 456 means setting the password of administrator current user name is admin to password 456 Note IP phones support ASCII characters 32 126 0x20 0x7E in passwords You can set the password to be empty via web user interface only Web User Interface Security Password Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin C...

Page 951: ...e enter username and password for web access authentication Procedure Auto logout time can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure auto logout time Parameter features relog_offtime Web User Interface Configure auto logout time Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p features general q load Details of the Configuration Paramete...

Page 952: ...o Logout Time 1 1000min field 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Phone Lock Phone lock is used to lock the IP phone to prevent it from unauthorized use Once the IP phone is locked a user must enter the password to unlock it IP phones offer three types of phone lock Menu Key Function Keys and All Keys The IP phone will not be locked immediately after the phone lock type is configured One of the f...

Page 953: ...k_time_out Configure emergency numbers Parameter phone_setting emergency number Assign a phone lock key Parameters linekey X type programablekey X type expansion_module X key Y type linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label linekey X shortlabel Web User Interface Configure the phone lock type Change the unlock PIN Configure the IP phone to automatically lock the phone a...

Page 954: ...Interface Features Phone Lock Phone Lock Enable Phone User Interface Menu Basic Phone Lock Lock Enable phone_setting phone_lock lock_key_type 0 1 or 2 0 Description Configures the type of phone lock 0 All Keys 1 Function Keys 2 Menu Keys For more information refer to Phone Lock Type on page 930 Note It is not applicable to SIP T48G S IP phones It works only if the value of the parameter phone_sett...

Page 955: ... Interface Features Phone Lock Phone Lock Time Out 0 3600s Phone User Interface Menu Basic Phone Lock Auto Lock phone_setting emergency number String within 99 characters 112 911 110 Description Configures emergency numbers Multiple emergency numbers are separated by commas For SIP T54S T52S T46G T46S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G T29G T27P T27G T23P T2 3G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 If the valu...

Page 956: ...hook key Note Line key is not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Speakerphone key is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Off hook key and on hook key are only applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones The same as All Keys The Menu key key type is Menu is locked Incoming call Allow Behavior You are allowed to answer or reject incoming calls Keys not Locked Answer and Reject soft key OK ...

Page 957: ...l any number The Menu key key type is Menu is locked Talking Allow Behavior You are allowed to end the call initiate a new call to dial the emergency number and resume a call Keys not Locked EndCall Cancel Resume NewCall soft key line key key type is Line digit keys X Volume key HEADSET key Speakerphone key off hook key and on hook key Note Pressing X key to end the call are not applicable to SIP ...

Page 958: ...P T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 9 13 14 for SIP T19 P E2 X 1 6 9 13 for CP860 CP920 For ext keys For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y...

Page 959: ...For programable keys For SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Acc...

Page 960: ...wn When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 11 the default value is 0 NA When X 12 the default value is 0 NA When X 13 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the de...

Page 961: ...hen X 6 the default value is 85 Local Favorite When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 13 the default value is 0 NA Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Programable Key Type Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Keys X Type Note Line keys and ext keys are not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones linekey X label programablekey X label expansion_module X key Y label String within 99 c...

Page 962: ... Programable Key Label Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Label linekey X shortlabel X ranges from 1 to 21 String within 99 characters Blank Description Optional Configures the short label displayed on the LCD screen for line key Note It is only applicable to SIP T52S IP phones Web User Interface Dsskey Line Key Short Phone User Interface Menu Features DSS Keys Line Key X Short...

Page 963: ...hone lock via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Basic Phone Lock 2 Enter the unlock PIN default PIN 123 in the Unlock PIN field 3 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Lock Enable field 4 Press or or the Switch soft key to select the desired value from the Lock Type field 5 Enter the desired interval of automatic phone lock in the Auto Lock field 6 Press the Save sof...

Page 964: ...cate each other and negotiate an encryption algorithm and cryptographic keys before data is exchanged The TLS protocol uses asymmetric encryption for authentication of key exchange symmetric encryption for confidentiality and message authentication codes for integrity Symmetric encryption For symmetric encryption the encryption key and the corresponding decryption key can be told by each other In ...

Page 965: ...A EXP1024 RC4 SHA EXP1024 RC4 MD5 EXP EDH RSA DES CBC SHA EXP EDH DSS DES CBC SHA EXP DES CBC SHA EXP RC2 CBC MD5 EXP RC4 MD5 The following figure illustrates the TLS messages exchanged between the IP phone and TLS server to establish an encrypted communication channel Step1 IP phone sends Client Hello message proposing SSL options Step2 Server responds with Server Hello message selecting the SSL ...

Page 966: ...er certificate to the clients for authentication The IP phone has two types of built in server certificates a unique server certificate and a generic server certificate You can only upload one server certificate to the IP phone The old server certificate will be overridden by the new one The format of the server certificate files must be pem and cer and the maximum file size is 5MB A unique server...

Page 967: ... security ca_cert static security cn_validation Configure server certificates feature Parameter static security dev_cert Upload the trusted certificates Parameter static trusted_certificates url Delete all uploaded trusted certificates Parameter static trusted_certificates delete Upload the server certificates Parameter static server_certificates url Delete all uploaded server certificates Paramet...

Page 968: ...t account X sip_server Y transport_type X ranges from 1 to 16 Y ranges from 1 to 2 0 1 2 or 3 0 Description Configures the transport method the IP phone uses to communicate with the SIP server for account X 0 UDP 1 TCP 2 TLS 3 DNS NAPTR X ranges from 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges ...

Page 969: ...1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to only trust the server certificates in the Trusted Certificates list 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will trust the server no matter whether the certificate sent by the server is valid or not If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will authenticate the server certificate based on the trusted certificates list Only when t...

Page 970: ...mandatorily validate the CommonName or SubjectAltName of the certificate sent by the server 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Security Trusted Certificates Common Name Validation Phone User Interface None static security dev_cert 0 or 1 0 Description Configures the type of the device certificates for th...

Page 971: ...rusted Certificates File Phone User Interface None static trusted_certificates delete http localhost all Blank Description Deletes all uploaded trusted certificates Example static trusted_certificates delete http localhost all Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None static server_certificates url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the server certific...

Page 972: ... server_certificates delete http localhost all Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None static phone_setting reserve_certs_enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to reserve custom certificates after it is reset to factory defaults 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To configure TLS on a per line basis via web user interface 1 Click...

Page 973: ...ty Trusted Certificates 2 Select the desired values from the pull down lists of Only Accept Trusted Certificates Common Name Validation and CA Certificates 3 Click Confirm to accept the change A dialog box pops up to prompt that the settings will take effect after a reboot 4 Click OK to reboot the phone To upload a trusted certificate via web user interface 1 Click on Security Trusted Certificates...

Page 974: ...our local system 3 Click Upload to upload the certificate To configure the server certificates via web user interface 1 Click on Security Server Certificates 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Device Certificates 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To upload a server certificate via web user interface 1 Click on Security Server Certificates ...

Page 975: ...ncryption algorithm to the destination phone As described in RFC 3711 RTP streams may be encrypted using an AES Advanced Encryption Standard algorithm Example of the RTP encryption algorithm carried in the SDP of the INVITE message m audio 11780 RTP SAVP 0 8 18 9 101 a crypto 1 AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_80 inline NzFlNTUwZDk2OGVlOTc3YzNkYTkwZWVkMTM1YWFj a crypto 2 AES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_32 inline NzkyM2F...

Page 976: ...e after successful negotiation Note Procedure SRTP can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File MAC cfg Configure SRTP feature on a per line basis Parameter account X srtp_encryption Web User Interface Configure SRTP feature on a per line basis Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p account adv q load acc 0 Details of the Configuration Parameter Paramete...

Page 977: ...54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T42G T42S X ranges from 1 to 6 for SIP T41P T41S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 X is equal to 1 for SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Web User Interface Account Advanced RTP Encryption SRTP Phone User Interface None To configure SRTP feature via web user interface 1 Click on Acc...

Page 978: ...ers Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Configure whether to only download and resolve the encrypted files Parameter static auto_provision update_file_mode Configure the decryption method Parameter static auto_provision aes_key_in_file Configure AES keys Parameters static auto_provision aes_key_16 co...

Page 979: ...wnload the encrypted configuration files e g sip cfg account cfg MAC local cfg or MAC contact xml file from the server during auto provisioning and then resolve these files and update settings onto the IP phone system Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None static auto_provision aes_key_in_file 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to decrypt configuration files using the...

Page 980: ...t blank the IP phone will try to encrypt decrypt the MAC Oriented file using the AES key configured by the parameter static auto_provision aes_key_16 com Web User Interface Settings Auto Provision Common AES Key Phone User Interface Menu Advanced default password admin Auto Provision Common static auto_provision aes_key_16 mac 16 characters Blank Description Configures the plaintext AES key for en...

Page 981: ...it is set to 1 Enabled the contact file will be encrypted uploaded and will replace the one encrypted or unencrypted stored on the server if you have configured to back up the contacts to the server by the parameter static auto_provision local_contact backup enable The plaintext AES key is configured by the parameter static auto_provision aes_key_16 mac Web User Interface None Phone User Interface...

Page 982: ...AC Oriented AES Key fields AES keys must be 16 characters and the supported characters contain 0 9 A Z a z and the following special characters are also supported _ 3 Click Confirm to accept the change To configure AES keys via phone user interface 1 Press Menu Advanced default password admin Auto Provision 2 Enter the values in the Common and MAC Oriented AES fields AES keys must be 16 characters...

Page 983: ...y Note For security reasons administrator should upload encrypted configuration files xx_Security enc files to the root directory of the provisioning server During auto provisioning the IP phone requests to download the boot file first and then download the referenced configuration files For more information on boot file refer to Boot Files on page 136 For example the IP phone downloads account cf...

Page 984: ...l key and select other files 3 Optional Click Browse to locate the target directory from your local system in the Target Directory field The tool uses the file folder Encrypted as the target directory by default 4 Optional Mark the desired radio box in the AES Model field If you mark the Manual radio box you can enter an AES key in the AES KEY field or click Re Generate to generate an AES key in t...

Page 985: ...arameter static auto_provision aes_key_16 mac when uploading to the server by setting the value of the parameter static auto_provision encryption directory to 1 The encrypted contact files have the same file names as before The encrypted contact files can be downloaded from the server and decrypted using 16 character symmetric keys during auto provisioning If the parameter static auto_provision ae...

Page 986: ...ervers Digest authentication challenge requests with digest authentication using the local credentials for the associated registered account Source IP address validation and digest authentication apply both of the above methods Procedure Incoming signaling validation can be configured using the configuration files Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx c fg Configure incoming dignal...

Page 987: ...e User Interface None sip request_validation digest list A valid string Blank Description Configures the string used for digest authentication It is used to challenge requests with digest authentication use the local credentials for the associated registered account Example sip request_validation digest list INVITE SUBSCRIBE Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None sip request_validation ...

Page 988: ...efault sip request_validation digest event A valid string Blank Description Configures which events specified within the Event header of SUBSCRIBE or NOTIFY request should be validated when performing the digest authentication If it is left blank all events will be validated Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None ...

Page 989: ...ing Log Files If your IP phone encounters some problems commonly the local log files or syslog files are needed You can configure the phone to log events locally There are two types of local log files MAC boot log e g 0015659188f2 boot log and MAC sys log e g 0015659188f2 sys log These two local log files can be exported via web user interface separately You can configure the IP phone to periodica...

Page 990: ...the phone Parameter static local_log max_file_size Configure the maximum size of the local log files to be stored on the server Parameter static auto_provision local_log backup appe nd max_file_size Configure the IP phone to upload local log files to the server Parameter static auto_provision local_log backup enab le Configure the period of the local log files uploads to the server Parameter stati...

Page 991: ...e phone Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p settin gs config q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitte d Values Defa ult static local_log enable 0 or 1 1 Description Enables or disables the IP phone to record log to the log files locally 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 0 Disabled the IP phone will stop recording log to the log files MAC boot log and MAC sys log loca...

Page 992: ...mines the lowest severity of events to log 0 system is unusable 1 action must be taken immediately 2 critical condition 3 error conditions 4 warning conditions 5 normal but significant condition 6 informational Web User Interface Settings Configuration Local Log Level Phone User Interface None static local_log max_file_size Refer to the followin g content 1024 Description Configures the maximum si...

Page 993: ...nables or disables the IP phone to upload the local log files MAC boot log and MAC sys log to the provisioning server or a specific server 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled the IP phone will upload the local log files to the provisioning server or the specific server to back up these files when one of the following happens Auto provisioning is triggered The size of the local log files...

Page 994: ... local log files MAC boot log and MAC sys log If you leave it blank the IP phone will upload the local log files to the provisioning server If you configure a relative URL e g upload the IP phone will upload the local log files by extracting the root directory from the access URL of the provisioning server If you configure an absolute URL with protocol e g tftp the IP phone will upload the local l...

Page 995: ...ovisioning server or a specific server reach the maximum size 0 Append Delete 1 Append Stop If it is set to 1 Append Delete the IP phone will delete the old log and start over If it is set to 2 Append Stop the IP phone will stop uploading log Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None static auto_provision local_log backup append max_file_size Integer from 200 to 65535 1024 Description Conf...

Page 996: ..._log backup bootlog upload_wait_time 121 Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None To export the system log to a local PC via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Configuration 2 Select Enabled from the pull down list of Enable Local Log 3 Select 6 from the pull down list of Local Log Level The default local log level is 3 4 Enter the limit size of the log files in the Max Log File Size ...

Page 997: ... the file to your local system To view the log files on your local system The MAC boot log file can only log the last reboot events The following figure shows a portion of a MAC boot log e g 00156574b150 boot log The MAC boot log file is forced to report the logs with all severity levels The following figure shows a portion of a MAC sys log e g 00156574b150 sys log The MAC sys log file reports the...

Page 998: ...sioning Configuration File y0000000000xx c fg Configure syslog feature Parameter static syslog enable Configures the format type of the log messages exported to the syslog server Parameter static syslog format_type Configure syslog server Parameters static syslog server static syslog server_port Configure the transport protocol that the IP phone uses to export log to the syslog server Parameter st...

Page 999: ...logs to be displayed in the syslog Configure the facility that generates the log messages Configure the IP phone to prepend the MAC address to the log messages exported to the syslog server Navigate to http phoneIPAddress servlet p setti ngs config q load Details of Configuration Parameters Parameters Permitted Values Defa ult static syslog enable 0 or 1 0 Description Enables or disables the IP ph...

Page 1000: ... of the syslog message 134 YEALINK T46G 00 10 99 09 F6 16 28 81 0 40 Jun 17 00 00 13 Log 2928 BSUI 6 info FlickGestureRec Note If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None static syslog server IP address or domain name Blan k Description Configures the IP address or domain name of the syslog server Example st...

Page 1001: ...igures the lowest level of syslog information that displays in the syslog When you choose a log level you are including all events of an equal or higher severity level and excluding events of a lower severity level The logging level you choose determines the lowest severity of events to log 0 Emergency system is unusable 1 Alert action must be taken immediately 2 Critical critical conditions 3 Cri...

Page 1002: ...5 messages generated internally by syslogd 6 line printer subsystem 7 network news subsystem 8 UUCP subsystem 9 clock daemon note 2 10 security authorization messages note 1 11 FTP daemon 12 NTP subsystem 13 log audit note 1 14 log alert note 1 15 clock daemon note 2 16 local use 0 local0 17 local use 1 local1 18 local use 2 local2 19 local use 3 local3 20 local use 4 local4 21 local use 5 local5 ...

Page 1003: ...ings Configuration Syslog Prepend MAC Phone User Interface None To configure the phone to export the system log to a syslog server via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Configuration 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Enable Syslog Feature 3 Enter the syslog server address in the Syslog Server field 4 Enter the syslog server port in the Port field 5 Select the desired trans...

Page 1004: ...syslog server You can view the syslog file in the desired folder on the syslog server The location of the folder may differ from the syslog server For more information refer to the network resources The following figure shows a portion of the syslog Capturing Packets You can capture packet in two ways capturing the packets via web user interface or using the Ethernet software You can analyze the p...

Page 1005: ...ware Receiving data packets from the HUB Connect the Internet port of the IP phone and the PC to the same HUB and then use Sniffer Ethereal or Wireshark software to capture the signal traffic Receiving data packets from PC port Connect the Internet port of the IP phone to the Internet and the PC port of the IP phone to a PC Before capturing the signal traffic make sure the data packets can be rece...

Page 1006: ...Internet port to the PC port 0 Disabled 1 Enabled If it is set to 1 Enabled all data packets from Internet port can be received by PC port Note It is not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones It works only if the value of the parameter static network pc_port enable is set to 1 Auto Negotiation If you change this parameter the IP phone will reboot to make the change take effect Web User Interface Net...

Page 1007: ... helps you monitor the IP phone status and provides the ability to get stack traces from the last time the IP phone failed If Watch Dog feature is enabled the IP phone will automatically reboot when it detects a fatal failure This feature can be configured using the configuration files or via web user interface Procedure Watch Dog can be configured using the following methods Central Provisioning ...

Page 1008: ...ser interface 1 Click on Settings Preference 2 Select the desired value from the pull down list of Watch Dog 3 Click Confirm to accept the change Getting Information from Status Indicators Status indicators may consist of the power LED MESSAGE key LED line key indicator headset key indicator and the on screen icon The following shows two examples of obtaining the IP phone information from status i...

Page 1009: ...our phone is running firmware version 73 or later For more information on configuration files refer to Configuration Files on page 138 BIN Configuration Files The config bin file is an encrypted file For more information on config bin file contact your Yealink reseller Procedure Configuration changes can be performed using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx...

Page 1010: ...ttings Configuration Export or Import Configuration Phone User Interface None To export BIN configuration files via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Configuration 2 In the Export or Import Configuration block click Export to open the file download window and then save the file to your local system To import a BIN configuration file via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Configuration 2 I...

Page 1011: ...ace web user interface and using configuration files MAC non static cfg It contains all changes associated with non static settings made via phone user interface web user interface and using configuration files MAC config cfg It contains changes made using configuration files It can be exported only if the value of the parameter static auto_provision custom protect is set to 1 To export CFG config...

Page 1012: ...e log files boot log and sys log and BIN configuration files to help analyze your problem You can export these files at a time and troubleshoot if necessary The file format of exported diagnostic file is tar To export all diagnostic files via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Configuration 2 Click Start in the Export All Diagnostic Files field to begin capturing signal traffic The system log ...

Page 1013: ...s log and BIN configuration files respectively For more information refer to Capturing Packets on page 978 Viewing Log Files on page 963 and BIN Configuration Files on page 983 Ping and Traceroute You can use ping and traceroute diagnostics for troubleshooting network connectivity problems via phone user interface Ping is a very useful tool for determining whether or not a phone is accepting packe...

Page 1014: ...situation and ping statistics Ping Statistics Network Connection Situation 4 packets transmitted 4 packets received 0 packet loss The network connection between you and the target is strong 4 packets transmitted 1 2 or 3 packets received 75 50 or 25 packet loss The network connection between you and the target is unstable or faulty 4 packets transmitted 0 packets received 100 packet loss The netwo...

Page 1015: ...tions to common issues that may occur while using the IP phone Upon encountering a scenario not listed in this section contact your Yealink reseller for further support IP Address Issues Why doesn t the IP phone get an IP address Do one of the following If your phone connects to the wired network Ensure that the Ethernet cable is plugged into the Internet port on the IP phone and the Ethernet cabl...

Page 1016: ...e Scenario 2 Yealink IP phones support using FTP TFTP HTTP and HTTPS protocols to download configuration files or resource files You can use one of these protocols for provisioning When provisioning your IP phone obtaining an IPv6 address the provisioning server should support IPv6 and the format of the access URL of the provisioning server can be tftp IPv6 address or domain name For example if th...

Page 1017: ...al phone book for a company each employee can load it to obtain the real time data from the same server Audio Issues How to increase or decrease the volume Press the volume key to increase or decrease the ringer volume when the IP phone is idle or ringing or to adjust the volume of engaged audio device handset speakerphone or headset when there is an active call in progress Why do I get poor sound...

Page 1018: ... the IP phone and your gateway router are within the working range and there is no obvious interference walls doors etc between them Why can t I connect the Bluetooth device with the IP phone all the time Try to delete the registration information of the Bluetooth device on both IP phone and Bluetooth device and then pair and connect it again Contact Yealink field application engineer and your Blu...

Page 1019: ...e OK key when the IP phone is idle to check the firmware version For example 28 81 0 20 Item Description 1 28 Firmware ID The firmware ID for each IP phone model is 70 SIP T54S T52S 35 SIP T48G 28 SIP T46G 66 SIP T48S T46S T42S T41S 29 SIP T42G 36 SIP T41P 54 SIP T40P 76 SIP T40G 46 SIP T29G 45 SIP T27P 69 SIP T27G 44 SIP T23P G 52 SIP T21 P E2 53 SIP T19 P E2 37 CP860 78 CP920 2 81 Firmware gener...

Page 1020: ...le phone but it makes more sense in mass deployment What is PnP Plug and Play PnP is a method for IP phones to acquire the provisioning server address With PnP enabled the IP phone broadcasts the PnP SUBSCRIBE message to obtain a provisioning server address during startup Any SIP server recognizing the message will respond with the preconfigured provisioning server address so the IP phone will be ...

Page 1021: ... be reset After resetting the non static settings the IP phone will perform the auto provisioning process immediately Reset static settings All static settings on the phone will be reset Reset userdata local config All the local cache data e g userdata history directory will be cleared And all configurations saved in the MAC local cfg configuration file on the IP phone will be reset Reset to facto...

Page 1022: ... Configuration changes can be performed using the following methods Central Provisioning Configuration File y0000000000xx c fg Configure the Custom Factory Configuration feature Parameter static features custom_factory_config enable Configure the access URL of the custom factory configuration files Parameter static custom_factory_configuration url Web User Interface Configure the access URL of the...

Page 1023: ...n via web user interface Web User Interface None Phone User Interface None static custom_factory_configuration url URL within 511 characters Blank Description Configures the access URL of the custom factory configuration files Note It works only if the value of the parameter static features custom_factory_config enable is set to 1 Enabled and the file format of custom factory configuration file mu...

Page 1024: ...ation files via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Configuration 2 Click Del in the Import Factory Config field The web user interface prompts the message Are you sure delete user defined factory configuration 3 Click OK to delete the custom factory configuration files The imported custom factory file will be deleted The IP phone will be reset to default factory configurations after resetting ...

Page 1025: ...heck sync Parameter sip notify_reboot_enable Details of the Configuration Parameter Parameter Permitted Values Default sip notify_reboot_enable 0 1 or 2 1 Description Configure the IP phone behavior when receiving a SIP NOTIFY message which contains the header Event check sync 0 The IP phone will reboot only if the SIP NOTIFY message contains an additional string reboot true 1 The IP phone will be...

Page 1026: ...lt password admin Reboot The LCD screen prompts the following warning 2 Press the OK soft key to reboot the phone The phone begins rebooting Any reboot of the phone may take a few minutes To reboot the phone via web user interface 1 Click on Settings Upgrade 2 Click Reboot to reboot the IP phone The phone begins rebooting Any reboot of the phone may take a few minutes ...

Page 1027: ...otocol port it is used for signaling interaction with SIP server 1024 65535 TR 069 Server IP address of TR 069 server Determined by destination device TCP TR 069 protocol port it is used to communicate with TR 069server 1024 65535 File server IP address of file server Determined by destination device TCP HTTP protocol port it is used to download file 1024 65535 Remote phone book server IP address ...

Page 1028: ...ddress of syslog server 514 UDP Syslog protocol port it is used for IP phones to upload syslog information to syslog server 1024 65535 PNP Server IP address of PNP server Default value 224 0 1 75 5059 UDP TCP Protocol port it is used to obtain the URL of updating file from PNP server Multipaging Multipaging 65000 65001 PC IP address of PC Determined by the destination IP phones IP address of IP ph...

Page 1029: ...ce Port Destination Device Destination IP Destination Port Listening port Protocol Description of destination port gateway device TR 069 Server IP address of TR 069 Server 1024 65535 TCP TR 069 protocol port it is used to communicate with TR 069server ...

Page 1030: ...stomizing a Logo Template File on page 283 Power and Startup Issues What will happen if I connect both PoE cable and power adapter Which has the higher priority IP phones use the PoE preferentially Why does the IP phone have no power If no lights appear on the IP phone when it is powered up do one of the following Reboot your IP phone Replace the power adapter Why is the LCD screen black If the po...

Page 1031: ...e codes that the IP phone sends to the server when a certain action takes place On code is used to activate a feature on the server side while off code is used to deactivate a feature on the server side For example if you set the Always Forward on code to be 78 may vary on different servers and the target number to be 201 When you enable Always Forward on the IP phone the IP phone sends 78201 to t...

Page 1032: ...per RFC 3264 is used in the INVITE message when placing a call on hold For more information on RFC 2543 hold feature refer to Call Hold on page 439 For more information on capturing packets refer to Capturing Packets on page 978 What is the difference between Shared Call Appearance SCA and Bridge Lines Appearance BLA SCA and BLA are similar signaling methods that enable more than one phone to shar...

Page 1033: ...Troubleshooting 1007 For more information refer to Shared Call Appearance SCA on page 653 and Bridge Lines Appearance BLA on page 663 ...

Page 1034: ...Administrator s Guide for SIP T2 Series T19 P E2 T4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 1008 ...

Page 1035: ...d to the Internet or a private network EAP MD5 Extensible Authentication Protocol Message Digest Algorithm 5 only provides authentication of the EAP peer to the EAP server but not mutual authentication EAP TLS Extensible Authentication Protocol Transport Layer Security provides for mutual authentication integrity protected cipher suite negotiation between two endpoints PEAP MSCHAPv2 Protected Exte...

Page 1036: ...me data TCP Transmission Control Protocol a transport layer protocol used by applications that require guaranteed delivery UDP User Datagram Protocol a protocol offers non guaranteed datagram delivery URI Uniform Resource Identifier a compact sequence of characters that identifies an abstract or physical resource URL Uniform Resource Locator specifies the address of an Internet resource VLAN Virtu...

Page 1037: ...ohns 3 Argentina Buenos Aires Brazil DST Brazil no DST Denmark Greenland Nuuk 2 30 Newfoundland and Labrador 2 Brazil no DST 1 Portugal Azores 0 Denmark Faroe Islands Torshavn GMT Greenland Ireland Dublin Morocco Portugal Lisboa Porto Funchal Spain Canary Islands Las Palmas United Kingdom London 1 Albania Tirane Austria Vienna Belgium Brussels Caicos Chad Croatia Zagreb Czech Republic Prague Denma...

Page 1038: ...ralia Hobart Australia Sydney Melboume Canberra Russia Vladivostok 10 30 Australia Lord Howe Islands 11 New Caledonia Noumea Russia Srednekolymsk Time 11 30 Norfolk Island 12 New Zealand Wellington Auckland Russia Kamchatka Time 12 45 New Zealand Chatham Islands 13 Tonga Nukualofa 13 30 Chatham Islands 14 Kiribati Appendix C Trusted Certificates Yealink IP phones trust the following CAs by default...

Page 1039: ...rimary Certification Authority G5 VeriSign Class 4 Public Primary Certification Authority G2 VeriSign Class 4 Public Primary Certification Authority G3 VeriSign Universal Root Certification Authority ISRG Root X1 Let s Encrypt Authority X1 and Let s Encrypt Authority X2 certificates are signed by the root certificate ISRG Root X1 Baltimore CyberTrust Root DST Root CA X3 Verizon Public SureServer C...

Page 1040: ... Global Root COMODOSSLCA COMODO RSA Domain Validation Secure Server CA COMODO RSA Certification Authority AmazonRootCA4 AmazonRootCA3 AmazonRootCA2 AmazonRootCA1 Yealink Root CA Yealink Equipment Issuing CA Note Appendix D Configuring DSS Keys This section provides the DSS key parameters you can configure on IP phones DSS key consists Yealink endeavors to maintain a built in list of most common us...

Page 1041: ...u can configure for each phone model Phone Model Line Key Programable Key Ext Key SIP T54S 27 13 60 SIP T52S 21 11 60 SIP T48G S 29 13 40 SIP T46G S 27 13 40 SIP T42G S 15 11 SIP T41P S 15 11 SIP T40P G 3 11 SIP T29G 27 14 39 SIP T27P G 21 14 39 SIP T23P G 3 11 SIP T21 P E2 2 11 SIP T19 P E2 11 CP860 8 CP920 8 Note The programable key takes effect only if the IP phone is idle The ext key takes eff...

Page 1042: ...phonebook programablekey X history_type programablekey X pickup_value X ranges from 1 to 4 programablekey X label SIP T19 P E2 SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 SIP T29G T27P T27G SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G SIP T54S T48G T48 S T46G T46S CP860 CP 920 1 SoftKey1 SoftKey1 SoftKey1 SoftKey1 SoftKey1 SoftKey1 2 SoftKey2 SoftKey2 SoftKey2 SoftKey2 SoftKey2 SoftKey2 3 SoftKey3 SoftKey3 SoftKey3 SoftKey3...

Page 1043: ...ncel Cancel 11 CONF 12 HOLD HOLD 13 MUTE MUTE MUTE MUTE Mute 14 TRAN TRAN TRAN TRAN Note For SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 IP phones Cancel key can be configured only when the parameter features keep_mute enable is set to 0 Disabled For SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G T29G T27P T27G T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones Mute key can be configured only when the parameter features ...

Page 1044: ...m 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T2...

Page 1045: ...D 7 ReCall 8 SMS 9 Direct Pickup 10 Call Park 11 DTMF 12 Voice Mail 13 Speed Dial 14 Intercom 15 Line 16 BLF 17 URL 18 Group Listening 20 Private Hold 22 XML Group 23 Group Pickup 24 Multicast Paging Paging 25 Record 27 XML Browser 34 Hot Desking 35 URL Record 38 LDAP only appear when the parameter ldap enable is set to 1 39 BLF List 40 Prefix 41 Zero Touch 42 ACD 45 Local Group ...

Page 1046: ...up 13 Speed Dial 14 Intercom 22 XML Group 23 Group Pickup 24 Multicast Paging Paging 27 XML Browser 28 History 30 Menu 32 New SMS 33 Status 34 Hot Desking not applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones 38 LDAP only appear when the parameter ldap enable is set to 1 40 Prefix only applicable to soft keys 1 4 41 Zero Touch 43 Local Directory Local Phonebook 45 Local Group 47 XML Directory XML Phonebook 50 P...

Page 1047: ... are 0 NA 1 Conference 2 Forward 3 Transfer 4 Hold 5 DND 7 ReCall 8 SMS 9 Direct Pickup 10 Call Park 11 DTMF 12 Voice Mail 13 Speed Dial 14 Intercom 15 Line 16 BLF 17 URL 18 Group Listening 20 Private Hold 22 XML Group 23 Group Pickup 24 Multicast Paging Paging 25 Record 27 XML Browser 34 Hot Desking 35 URL Record 37 Switch only applicable to ext key 1 for SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones 38 LDAP only...

Page 1048: ...efault value of the line key 1 16 is 15 and the default value of the line key 17 27 is 0 For SIP T52S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default value of the line key 13 21 is 0 For SIP T42G S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 12 is 15 and the default value of the line key 13 15 is 0 For SIP T41P S IP phones The default value of the line key 1 6 is 15 and th...

Page 1049: ...he default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DND When X 4 the default value is 30 Menu When X 5 the default value is 28 History When X 6 the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Account Down When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default va...

Page 1050: ...the default value is 61 Directory When X 7 the default value is 51 Switch Account Up When X 8 the default value is 52 Switch Account Down When X 9 the default value is 33 Status When X 10 the default value is 0 NA When X 14 the default value is 2 Forward For SIP T19 P E2 IP phones When X 1 the default value is 28 History When X 2 the default value is 61 Directory When X 3 the default value is 5 DN...

Page 1051: ...60 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S IP phones When Y 1 40 the default value is 0 NA For SIP T29G T27P T27G IP phones When Y 1 21 the default value is 37 Switch When Y 2 20 22 40 the default value is 0 NA Range Valid values are 0 N A 1 Conference 2 Forward 3 Transfer 4 Hold 5 DND 7 ReCall 8 SMS 9 Direct Pickup 10 Call Park 11 DTMF 12 Voice Mail 13 Speed Dial 14 Intercom 15 Line...

Page 1052: ...Local Directory 45 Local Group 47 XML Directory 50 Phone Lock 51 Switch Account Up 52 Switch Account Down 56 Retrieve Park 61 Directory 66 Paging List 73 Custom Key 85 Favorite Local Favorite only applicable to CP860 CP920 IP phones Example linekey 1 type 8 Parameter linekey X line Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Parameter programablekey X line Parameter expansion_module X key Y line Descript...

Page 1053: ...8S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 For ext keys only applicable to SIP T54S T52S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G T27P T27G IP phones For SIP T54S T52S X ranges from 1 to 3 Y ranges from 1 to 60 For SIP T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 ...

Page 1054: ...oup 50 Phone Lock 61 Directory 66 Paging List 73 Custom Key Format Integer Default Value For the programable key and ext key the default value is not applicable For the line key when X 1 the default value is 1 When X 2 the default value is 2 When X 3 the default value is 3 When X 16 the default value is 16 Range Permitted Values 1 to 16 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S T29G 1 to 12 for SIP T52S T4...

Page 1055: ...T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 9 13 14 for SIP T...

Page 1056: ... Configuration File y0000000000xx cfg Parameter programablekey X label Parameter expansion_module X key Y label Description Optional Configures the label displaying on the LCD screen for each line key and each soft key This is an optional configuration For line keys not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46...

Page 1057: ...eter expansion_module X key Y pickup _value Description Configures the pickup code for BLF feature not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones This parameter is only applicable to BLF feature For line keys X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges from 1 to 27 for SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X r...

Page 1058: ...ogramablekey X xml_phoneb ook Parameter expansion_module X key Y xml_ phonebook Description Configures the desired group or remote phone book when multiple groups or remote phone books are configured on the IP phone This parameter is only applicable to Local Group XML Group features For line keys not applicable to SIP T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 IP phones X ranges from 1 to 29 for SIP T48G S X ranges fro...

Page 1059: ... T48G T48S T46G T46S X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 40 For SIP T29G T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured When the key feature is configured as Local Group valid values are 0 All contacts 1 First local group 5 Fifth local group 48 Forty eighth local group When the key feature is configured as XML Group remote phone book valid values ...

Page 1060: ...or SIP T54S T46G T46S T29G X ranges from 1 to 15 for SIP T42G T42S T41P T41S X ranges from 1 to 21 for SIP T52S T27P T27G X ranges from 1 to 3 for SIP T40P T40G T23P T23G X ranges from 1 to 2 for SIP T21 P E2 For programable keys X 1 10 12 14 for SIP T54S T48G T48S T46G T46S X 1 10 13 for SIP T52S T42G T42S T41P T41S T40P T40G X 1 14 for SIP T29G T27P T27G X 1 10 14 for SIP T23P T23G T21 P E2 X 1 ...

Page 1061: ... programablekey X extension Parameter expansion_module X key Y exte nsion X ranges from 1 to 6 Y ranges from 1 to 20 22 to 40 Ext key 21 cannot be configured Format Integer Default Value 0 Range 0 to 31 Example Configures the channel of the second multicast paging group linekey 2 extension 2 ...

Page 1062: ... T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 1036 Appendix E Auto Provisioning Flowchart Keep User Personalized Configuration Settings The following shows auto provisioning flowchart for Yealink IP phones when a user wishes to keep user personalized configuration settings ...

Page 1063: ...ings in the configuration files The following table lists all static settings Function Parameter Network static network attempt_expired_time static network dhcp_host_name static network pc_port enable static network internet_port speed_duplex static network pc_port speed_duplex static network static_dns_enable static network ipv6_static_dns_enable static network vlan pc_port_mode static network dn...

Page 1064: ..._cert_url static network 802_1x client_cert_url static network 802_1x proxy_eap_logoff enable static network vpn_enable static openvpn url static network lldp enable static network lldp packet_interval static network span_to_pc_port static network port max_rtpport static network port min_rtpport static network cdp enable static network cdp packet_interval static network ip_address_mode static netw...

Page 1065: ...ates static security default_ssl_method static security user_name user static security user_name admin static security user_name var static security user_password static phone_setting reserve_certs_enable static security ca_cert static security dev_cert static security cn_validation Certificates static trusted_certificates url static trusted_certificates delete static server_certificates url stati...

Page 1066: ...th static auto_provision local_log backup upload_period static auto_provision local_log backup append static auto_provision local_log backup append limit_mode static auto_provision local_log backup append max_file_size static auto_provision local_log backup bootlog upload_wait_time Autoprovision static auto_provision power_on static auto_provision weekly_upgrade_interval static auto_provision inac...

Page 1067: ...on flexible begin_time static auto_provision flexible end_time static auto_provision user_agent_mac enable static auto_provision server url static auto_provision server username static auto_provision server password static auto_provision update_file_mode static auto_provision aes_key_in_file static auto_provision aes_key_16 com static auto_provision aes_key_16 mac static auto_provision encryption ...

Page 1068: ...solv_timeout static auto_provision local_calllog backup enable static auto_provision local_calllog backup path static auto_provision local_calllog write_delay terminated TR069 static managementserver enable static managementserver username static managementserver password static managementserver url static managementserver connection_request_username static managementserver connection_request_pass...

Page 1069: ...on for each icon on IP phones T54S T52S T48S T48G T46S T46G T42S T41S T42G T41P T40P G T29G T27G T27P T23P T23 G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Description Network is unavailable Private line registers successfully Registration failed Flashing Flashing Registering Yealink Cloud account registers successfully Hands free speakerphone mode Handset mode ...

Page 1070: ...60 CP920 IP Phones 1044 T54S T52S T48S T48G T46S T46G T42S T41S T42G T41P T40P G T29G T27G T27P T23P T23 G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Description Headset mode Voice Mail Text Message Auto Answer Do Not Disturb Call Forward Call Hold Call Mute Keep Mute Ringer volume is 0 ...

Page 1071: ...27P T23P T23 G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Description Phone Lock Received Calls Placed Calls Missed Calls Forwarded Calls Recording starts successfully USB recording Recording is paused USB recording Recording box is full DSSKey recording A call cannot be recorded DSSKey recording ...

Page 1072: ... P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Description Recording starts successfully DSSKey recording Recording cannot be started DSSKey recording Recording cannot be stopped DSSKey recording VPN is enabled Bluetooth mode is on Bluetooth headset is both paired and connected Bluetooth Enabled mobile phone is both paired and connected Wi Fi connection is successful Wi Fi connection failed Conference ...

Page 1073: ... line is seized Line key type is Speed Dial Line key type is BLF BLF List BLF BLF list idle state Line key type is BLF BLF List BLF BLF list ringing state Line key type is BLF BLF List BLF BLF list talking state Line key type is BLF BLF hold state Line key type is BLF BLF List BLF BLF list callout state Line key type is BLF BLF List BLF BLF list failed state Line key type is BLF List BLF list call...

Page 1074: ...Voice Mail Line key type is Direct Pickup Line key type is Group Pickup Line key type is Call Park park successfully call park idle state Line key type is Call Park call park ringing state Park failed Line key type is Retrieve Park Line key type is Intercom intercom idle state Line key type is Intercom intercom ringing state Talking Talking Line key type is Intercom intercom talking state Line key...

Page 1075: ...ription Callout Callout Line key type is Intercom intercom failed state Line key type is DTMF Prefix Line key type is Local Group XML Group LDAP Line key type is XML Browser Line key type is Conference Line key type is Forward Line key type is Transfer Line key type is Hold Private Hold Line key type is DND Line key type is Recall ...

Page 1076: ...P E2 CP860 CP920 Description Line key type is SMS Line key type is Record URL Record Line key type is Record URL Record recording starts successfully Line key type is Multicast Paging Group Listening Paging List Line key type is Hot Desking Line key type is ACD Line key type is Zero Touch Line key type is URL Line key type is Phone Lock Line key type is Directory Line key type is Custom Key ...

Page 1077: ...vailable The ACD state is Wrap up Log out of the ACD system The shared line bridged line is idle Flashing Flashing The shared line receives ring back tone Flashing Flashing The shared line receives an incoming call The shared line is in conversation The shared line conversation is placed on public hold Flashing Flashing Flashing Flashing Flashing Flashing USB flash drive PSTN box is detecting PSTN...

Page 1078: ... T4 Series T5 Series CP860 CP920 IP Phones 1052 T54S T52S T48S T48G T46S T46G T42S T41S T42G T41P T40P G T29G T27G T27P T23P T23 G T21 P E2 T19 P E2 CP860 CP920 Description phones USB flash drive is detected PSTN box is detected High Definition Voice ...

Page 1079: ...2 A DNS RR for specifying the location of services DNS SRV RFC 2806 URLs for Telephone Calls RFC 2833 RTP Payload for DTMF Digits Telephony Tones and Telephony Signals RFC 2915 The Naming Authority Pointer NAPTR DNS Resource Record RFC 2976 The SIP INFO Method RFC 3087 Control of Service Context using SIP Request URI RFC 3261 SIP Session Initiation Protocol replacement for RFC 2543 RFC 3262 Reliab...

Page 1080: ...ats RFC 3581 An Extension to the SIP for Symmetric Response Routing RFC 3608 SIP Extension Header Field for Service Route Discovery During Registration RFC 3611 RTP Control Protocol Extended Reports RTCP XR RFC 3665 Session Initiation Protocol SIP Basic Call Flow Examples RFC 3666 SIP Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN Call Flows RFC 3680 SIP Event Package for Registrations RFC 3702 Authentica...

Page 1081: ...n Protocol SDP Format for Binary Floor Control Protocol BFCP Streams RFC 4662 A SIP Event Notification Extension for Resource Lists RFC 4730 Event Package for KPML RFC 5009 P Early Media Header RFC 5079 Rejecting Anonymous Requests in SIP RFC 5359 Session Initiation Protocol Service Examples RFC 5589 Session Initiation Protocol SIP Call Control Transfer RFC 5630 The Use of the SIPS URI Scheme in S...

Page 1082: ...nnect reuse 06 txt Connection Reuse in the Session Initiation Protocol SIP draft ietf bliss shared appearances 15 txt Shared Appearances of a Session Initiation Protocol SIP Address of Record AOR To find the applicable Request for Comments RFC document go to http www ietf org rfc html and enter the RFC number SIP Request The following SIP request messages are supported Method Supported Notes REGIS...

Page 1083: ...es Authorization Yes Call ID Yes Call Info Yes Contact Yes Content Length Yes Content Type Yes CSeq Yes Diversion Yes History Info Yes Event Yes Expires Yes From Yes Max Forwards Yes Min SE Yes P Asserted Identity Yes P Preferred Identity Yes Proxy Authenticate Yes Proxy Authorization Yes In the following table a Yes in the Supported column means the header is sent and properly parsed ...

Page 1084: ...n Expires Yes Subscription State Yes Supported Yes To Yes User Agent Yes Via Yes SIP Responses The following SIP responses are supported Note 1xx Responses Provisional 1xx Response Supported Notes 100 Trying Yes 180 Ringing Yes 181 Call Is Being Forwarded Yes 182 Queued Yes 183 Session Progress Yes In the following table a Yes in the Supported column means the header is sent and properly parsed Th...

Page 1085: ...e Proxy Yes 380 Alternative Service No 4xx Responses Request Failure 4xx Response Supported Notes 400 Bad Request Yes 401 Unauthorized Yes 402 Payment Required Yes 403 Forbidden Yes 404 Not Found Yes 405 Method Not Allowed Yes 406 Not Acceptable No 407 Proxy Authentication Required Yes 408 Request Timeout Yes 409 Conflict No 410 Gone No 411 Length Required No 413 Request Entity Too Large No 414 Re...

Page 1086: ...etected Yes 483 Too Many Hops No 484 Address Incomplete Yes 485 Ambiguous No 486 Busy Here Yes 487 Request Terminated Yes 488 Not Acceptable Here Yes 491 Request Pending No 493 Undecipherable No 5xx Responses Server Failure 5xx Response Supported Notes 500 Server Internal Error Yes 501 Not Implemented Yes 502 Bad Gateway No 503 Service Unavailable Yes 504 Server Time out No 505 Version Not Support...

Page 1087: ...methods INVITE Indicates a user is being invited to participate in a call session ACK Confirms that the client has received a final response to an INVITE request BYE Terminates a call and can be sent by either the caller or the callee CANCEL Cancels any pending searches but does not terminate a call that has already been accepted OPTIONS Queries the capabilities of servers REGISTER Registers the a...

Page 1088: ...ink SIP IP phones The call flow scenario is as follows 1 User A calls User B 2 User B answers the call 3 User B hangs up User A Proxy Server User B F1 INVITE B F2 INVITE B F3 100 Trying F9 ACK F10 ACK F5 180 Ringing 2 way RTP channel established F8 200 OK F7 200 OK F6 180 Ringing F4 100 Trying F11 BYE F12 BYE F13 200 OK F14 200 OK Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sen...

Page 1089: ...at the INVITE request has been received by User B F4 100 Trying Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the SIP 100 Trying to User A to indicate that the INVITE request has been received by User B F5 180 Ringing User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 180 Ringing response to the proxy server The 180 Ringing response indicates that the User B is being alerted F6 180 Ringing Proxy Server ...

Page 1090: ... proxy server forwards the SIP BYE request to User A to notify that User B wants to release the call F13 200 OK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response indicates that User A has received the BYE request The call session is now terminated F14 200 OK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server forwards the SIP 200 OK response to User B to indicat...

Page 1091: ...tified as the call session initiator in the From field A unique numeric identifier is assigned to the call and is inserted in the Call ID field The transaction number within a single call leg is identified in the CSeq field The media capability User A is ready to receive is specified The port on which User B is prepared to receive the RTP data is specified F2 INVITE Proxy Server to User B The prox...

Page 1092: ...xy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 486 Busy Here response to notify User A that User B is busy F7 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the proxy server The SIP ACK message indicates that User A has received the 486 Busy Here message F8 ACK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server forwards the SIP ACK to User B to indicate that the 486 Busy Here message has already bee...

Page 1093: ... field User A is identified as the call session initiator in the From field A unique numeric identifier is assigned to the call and is inserted in the Call ID field The transaction number within a single call leg is identified in the CSeq field The media capability User A is ready to receive is specified The port on which User B is prepared to receive the RTP data is specified F2 INVITE Proxy Serv...

Page 1094: ...nnect the call F6 CANCEL Proxy Server to User B The proxy server forwards the SIP CANCEL request to notify User B that User A wants to disconnect the call F7 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The SIP 200 OK response indicates that User B has received the CANCEL request F8 200 OK Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the SIP 200 OK respo...

Page 1095: ...d Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends an INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call session In the INVITE request The IP address of User B is inserted in the Request URI field User A is identified as the call session initiator in the From field A unique numeric identifier is assigned to the call and is i...

Page 1096: ...alerted F5 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response notifies the proxy server that the connection has been made F6 200 OK Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 200 OK message to User A The 200 OK response notifies User A that the connection has been made F7 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the proxy ...

Page 1097: ...l session is now temporarily inactive No RTP packets are being sent F14 ACK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server sends the ACK message to User B The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response Successful Call Setup and Call Waiting The following figure illustrates a successful call between Yealink SIP IP phones in which two parties are in a call one of the participants r...

Page 1098: ...2 180 Ringing F13 INVITE B sendonly F15 200 OK F316 200 OK F17 ACK F18 ACK F19 200 OK F21 ACK F22 ACK F14 INVITE B sendonly 2 way RTP channel established No RTP Packets being sent 2 way RTP channel established Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends an INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call session In th...

Page 1099: ...the user is being alerted F4 180 Ringing Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 180 Ringing response to User A User A hears the ring back tone indicating that User B is being alerted F5 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response notifies proxy server that the connection has been made F6 200 OK Proxy Server to User A The pr...

Page 1100: ...ared to receive the RTP data is specified F10 INVITE Proxy Server to User A The proxy server maps the SIP URI in the To field to User A The proxy server sends the INVITE message to User A F11 180 Ringing User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP 180 Ringing response to the proxy server The 180 Ringing response indicates that the user is being alerted F12 180 Ringing Proxy Server to User C The prox...

Page 1101: ... server The 200 OK response notifies that the connection has been made F20 200 OK Proxy Server User C The proxy server forwards the 200 OK message to User C F21 ACK User C to Proxy Server User C sends a SIP ACK to the proxy server The ACK confirms that User C has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active F22 ACK Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the SIP ACK to User...

Page 1102: ...180 Ringing F6 200 OK F7 ACK 2 way RTP channel established F23 180 Ringing F11 REFER F12 202 Accepted F26 200 OK F2 INVITE B F3 180 Ringing F5 200 OK F8 ACK F22 INVITE C F19 200 OK F27 ACK F18 BYE 2 way RTP channel established F9 REFER F10 202 Accepted F17 BYE F20 200 OK F21 INVITE C F24 180 Ringing F25 200 OK F28 ACK User C Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends an ...

Page 1103: ... SIP 180 Ringing response to the proxy server The 180 Ringing response indicates that the user is being alerted F4 180 Ringing Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 180 Ringing response to User A User A hears the ring back tone indicating that User B is being alerted F5 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response notifies ...

Page 1104: ...13 BYE User B to Proxy Server User B terminates the call session by sending a SIP BYE request to the proxy server The BYE request indicates that User B wants to release the call F14 BYE Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the BYE request to User A F15 200OK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response confirms that User A has receiv...

Page 1105: ...response The call session is now active F24 ACK Proxy Server to User C The proxy server forwards the ACK message to User C The ACK confirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active Call Transfer with Consultation The following figure illustrates a successful call between Yealink SIP IP phones in which two parties are in a call and then one of the parties transfer...

Page 1106: ...202 Accepted User C F2 INVITE B F3 180 Ringing F5 200 OK F8 ACK F10 INVITE B sendonly F11 200 OK F14 ACK F16 INVITE C F18 180 Ringing F20 200 OK F22 ACK 2 way RTP channel established F25 REFER F26 202 Accepted F31 BYE F32 BYE F33 200 OK F34 200 OK 2 way RTP channel established Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends an INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE reque...

Page 1107: ...onse indicates that the user is being alerted F4 180 Ringing Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 180 Ringing response to User A User A hears the ring back tone indicating that User B is being alerted F5 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response notifies User A that the connection has been made F6 200 OK Proxy Server to...

Page 1108: ...xy server The ACK confirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call session is now temporarily inactive No RTP packets are being sent F14 ACK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server sends the ACK message to User B The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response F15 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP INVITE request to the proxy server In the INVITE...

Page 1109: ...ve F23 REFER User A to Proxy Server User A sends a REFER message to the proxy server User A performs a transfer of User B to User C F24 202 Accepted Proxy Server to User A The proxy server sends a SIP 202 Accepted response to User A The 202 Accepted response notifies User A that the proxy server has received the REFER message F25 REFER Proxy Server to User B The proxy server forwards the REFER mes...

Page 1110: ...ely forwarded to User C when User A calls User B In this call flow scenario the end users are User A User B and User C They are all using Yealink SIP IP phones which are connected via an IP network The call flow scenario is as follows 1 User B enables always call forward and the destination number is User C 2 User A calls User B 3 User B forwards the incoming call to User C 4 User C answers the ca...

Page 1111: ...e proxy server maps the SIP URI in the To field to User B The proxy server sends the INVITE message to User B F3 302 Move Temporarily User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 302 Moved Temporarily message to the proxy server The message indicates that User B is not available at SIP phone B User B rewrites the contact URI F4 ACK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server sends a SIP ACK to User B the...

Page 1112: ...to the proxy server The 200 OK response notifies User A that the connection has been made F12 200OK Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the SIP 200 OK response to User A The 200 OK response notifies User A that the connection has been made F13 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the proxy server The ACK confirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call se...

Page 1113: ...9 INVITE C F10 INVITE C F11 180 Ringing F12 180 Ringing F13 200 OK F14 200 OK F15 ACK F16 ACK F4 180 Ringing F5 302 Move Temporarily F6 ACK F7 302 Move Temporarily 2 way RTP channel established Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends the INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call session In the INVITE reques...

Page 1114: ...server forwards the 180 Ringing response to User A User A hears the ring back tone indicating that User B is being alerted F5 302 Move Temporarily User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 302 Moved Temporarily message to the proxy server The message indicates that User B is not available at SIP phone B User B rewrites the contact URI F6 ACK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server sends a SIP ACK ...

Page 1115: ...o User A F15 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the proxy server The ACK confirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active F16 ACK Proxy Server to User C The proxy server sends the ACK message to User C No Answer Call Forward The following figure illustrates successful call forwarding between Yealink SIP IP phones in which User B has enabled no ...

Page 1116: ... RTP channel established Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends the INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call session In the INVITE request The IP address of User B is inserted in the Request URI field User A is identified as the call session initiator in the From field A unique numeric identifier is assig...

Page 1117: ... not available at SIP phone B User B rewrites the contact URI F6 ACK Proxy Server to User B The proxy server sends a SIP ACK to User B the ACK message notifies User B that the proxy server has received the ACK message F7 302 Move Temporarily Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 302 Moved Temporarily message to User A F8 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the proxy...

Page 1118: ...User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the proxy server The ACK confirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active F16 ACK Proxy Server to User C The proxy server sends the ACK message to User C The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response Call Conference The following figure illustrates successful three way calling between Yea...

Page 1119: ...0 Ringing F19 200 OK F20 200 OK F21 ACK F22 ACK Both calls are active come into three party conference User A Proxy Server User B User C Initiate three party conference Step Action Description F1 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends the INVITE message to a proxy server The INVITE request is an invitation to User B to participate in a call session In the INVITE request The IP address of User ...

Page 1120: ...ne indicating that User B is being alerted F5 200 OK User B to Proxy Server User B sends a SIP 200 OK response to the proxy server The 200 OK response notifies User A that the connection has been made F6 200 OK Proxy Server to User A The proxy server forwards the 200 OK message to User A The 200 OK response notifies User A that the connection has been made F7 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A send...

Page 1121: ...irms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK response F15 INVITE User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP INVITE request to the proxy server In the INVITE request a unique Call ID is generated and the Contact URI field indicates that User A requests the call F16 INVITE Proxy Server to User C The proxy server maps the SIP URI in the To field to User C The proxy server sends the SIP INVITE re...

Page 1122: ...se to User A The 200 OK response notifies User A that the connection has been made F21 ACK User A to Proxy Server User A sends a SIP ACK to the proxy server The ACK confirms that User A has received the 200 OK response The call session is now active F22 ACK Proxy Server to User C The proxy server sends the ACK message to User C The ACK confirms that the proxy server has received the 200 OK respons...

Page 1123: ...464 Audio Codecs 854 Auto Answer 385 Auto Logout Time 925 Automatic Call Distribution ACD 645 Automatic Gain Control AGC 881 Auto Redial 383 B Backlight 203 Background Noise Suppression BNS 880 Backing up the local Contacts 363 Blind Transfer 464 Block Out 313 Bluetooth 209 Boot Files 136 Boot Files Configuration Files and Resource Files 136 Bridge Lines Appearance BLA 663 Busy Forward 445 Busy La...

Page 1124: ...09 Encrypting and Decrypting Files 952 Enabling the Watch Dog Feature 981 Enhanced DSS Keys 790 Expansion Modules 17 Exporting All the Diagnostic Files 986 F Feature Key Synchronization 476 G Getting Information from Status Indicators 982 Getting Started 21 Group Call Pickup 494 H H 323 xii Handset Headset Speakerphone Mode 846 Headset Prior 844 Hide Feature Access Codes 643 Hot Desking 708 Hotlin...

Page 1125: ...r Saving 189 Product Overview 1 Provisioning Methods 133 PSTN Account 233 Q Quality of Service QoS 118 Quick Login 580 R Reading the Configuration Parameter Tables vii Real Time Transport Protocol RTP Ports 775 Recommended References xi Reboot in Talking 573 ReCall 510 Recording and URL Recording 698 Resource Files 140 Redial Tone 819 Related Documentations vi Remote Phone Book 584 Remote Phone Bo...

Page 1126: ...on Conference Hang Up 476 Transfer Mode via Dsskey 477 Transfer via DTMF 898 Transparency 189 Transport Layer Security TLS 938 Troubleshooting 963 Troubleshooting Methods 963 Troubleshooting Solutions 989 TR 069 Device Management 777 U Understanding VoIP Principle and SIP Components xii Unregister When Reboot 569 Upgrading Firmware 148 USB Recording 575 Use Outbound Proxy in Dialog 431 User Agent ...

Reviews:

No comments

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands